Casio Credit Card Machine Qt 2100 Users Manual Programming

Casio QT2100 program.. Casio QT2100 program User Manual

QT-2100 to the manual a5b38630-958e-4f67-8445-3d859a3aad7a

2015-01-21

: Casio Casio-Casio-Credit-Card-Machine-Qt-2100-Users-Manual-243006 casio-casio-credit-card-machine-qt-2100-users-manual-243006 casio pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 250

DownloadCasio Casio-Casio-Credit-Card-Machine-Qt-2100-Users-Manual- Programming Manual  Casio-casio-credit-card-machine-qt-2100-users-manual
Open PDF In BrowserView PDF
QT-2100
Versatile Intelligent Terminal
————————————————————————

Programming Manual
Version 1.0 February 2002

000.NOP
003.CHECK
008.PRCINQ
011.PRT
014.TBL TRAN
019.LOAN
022.P.UP.
027.030.%+
036.CPN2
039.CK.E

Key Assign
001.CASH
004.CREDIT
009.STKINQ
012.CHKP
015.TIP
020.RC
023.COUPON
028.%033.RF
037.VLD
040.#

002.CHARGE
006.NB
010.CHAR
013.CLK TRAN
016.NRMRCT
021.PD
025.DEPOSIT
029.+
034.VOID
038.RCT
041.#/NS
v

REG C01
10-10-01 12:34
001234
1 Spagetti
$20.00 T1
1 Spagetti
$20.00 T1
0.00
7.5%01-10-10
Date
Time
%- 12:34 00
-1.50
ID Character
MC #01
1 Coffee
$8.00
Check System
Master
No.
Descriptor
Qty
Price
KP System1
Master
Hamburger
$2.00 T1
PLU0001 SA-3015
@1,234.00
R/J/Order1 Printer
@1.00
Slip Printer PLU0001
15% SA-3015 12.26 @20.00
2 PLU0002 No
Rear Display
PLU0002
@2.00
Remote Display
%- NoYES 1 0.00 @30.00
-0.30
3 PLU0003
OK?
Record No.
PLU0003
0.50
@3.00
YES
1 XX/For
Milk
$2.00
4 PLU0004
@40.00
YES
PLU0004
1.75
@4.00
2 X/XX
Apple Juice @50.00 YES
$5.00
5 PLU0005
X/XXX
YES
PLU0005
2.80
@5.00
Bon
Table Range YES
1 Ketten
Coffee
$8.00
6 PLU0006
@60.00v
Selective Item ST
YES

Coffee
1

New Check
0.00 YES
Old Check
YES
New/Old Check Enter Start range YES 1
Add Check
End range YES 123
YES
R A Check
2nd@Separate
OK?
YES
0.00

12 ST

$8.00
$76.50

0.00

c

Preface
Document warranty
The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice.
CASIO Computer Co., Ltd. makes no warranty of any kind with regard to this material,
including, but not limited to the implied warranties of marketability and fitness for a
particular purpose. CASIO Computer Co., Ltd. shall not be liable for errors contained
herein or for incidental or consequential damages in connection with the furnishing,
performance, or use of this manual.

Printing history
Manual version
Version 1.0: February, 2002

Software version
First Edition: February, 2002

Version 1.0

Revised points
Preconditions for reading this manual
We suggest two preconditions for reading this manual.
1. A basic understanding of how the QT-2100 series devices must be configured/installed.
2. An understanding of the operational needs of restaurant, bar, and/or fast food outlets.

How to use this manual
This manual is designed to help make your programming chores simpler and easier.
Programming procedures in this manual are represented using graphics that show you the
keys you have to press or the data you need to input. Worksheets help you determine the
programming codes you need to input to program the terminal. We recommend that you
use the general procedure described below for programming.
General programming procedure
1. Determine the features and functions that you want to program to the terminal and use
the worksheets to determine the programming codes. It might be a good idea to make
copies of the worksheets you need before you fill them out.
2. Initialize the terminal.
3. Allocate memory in accordance with the features and functions you are about to
program.
4. Perform the programming procedures you need, inputting the programming code from
the worksheets.

P-2

Preface

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-3

Contents
1. Machine Initialization ................................................................ P-8
1-1. How to initialize QT-2100 terminal .............................................................P-8
1-2. How to initialize QT-2100 terminal (add/replace one QT-2100) ............... P-11
1-3. How to flag clear QT-2100 terminal (or INIT2) ......................................... P-14

2. Program 5 ................................................................................ P-16
2-1. Programming memory allocation (daily & program)................................. P-16
2-2. Programming memory allocation (periodic & work) ................................. P-17
2-3. Programming memory allocation file by file .............................................P-18

3. Program 4 ................................................................................ P-24
3-1. Programming key allocation.....................................................................P-24
3-2. Programming key allocation (key location change) ................................. P-26
3-3. Programming key allocation.....................................................................P-28

4. Program 3 ................................................................................ P-34
4-1. Programming machine features ...............................................................P-34
4-1-1 Programming pulldown group (adding/modifying/deleting group item) ...... P-34
4-1-2 Programming set menu table .....................................................................P-36
4-1-3 Programming arrangement ........................................................................P-38
4-1-4 Programming batch X/Z report ...................................................................P-39
4-1-5 Programming the general feature ...............................................................P-41
4-1-6 Programming scheduler .............................................................................P-58
4-1-7 Programming check print ...........................................................................P-60
4-1-8 Programming table analysis .......................................................................P-61
4-1-9 Programming tax table ...............................................................................P-62
4-1-10 Programming void table .............................................................................P-65
4-1-11 Programming system connection ...............................................................P-66
4-1-12 Programming I/O parameter.......................................................................P-67
4-1-13 Programming printer connection ................................................................P-70
4-1-14 Programming time zone .............................................................................P-71
4-1-15 Programming time & attendance ................................................................P-72
4-1-16 Programming hourly item link .....................................................................P-76
4-1-17 Programming IDC link ................................................................................P-77
4-1-18 Programming Euro .....................................................................................P-78
4-1-19 Programming auto program control ............................................................P-79

4-2. Programming clerks .................................................................................P-80
4-2-1
4-2-2
4-2-3
4-2-4
4-2-5
4-2-6
4-2-7

P-4

Programming clerk features .......................................................................P-80
Programming operation ..............................................................................P-82
Programming commission rate ...................................................................P-92
Programming table range ...........................................................................P-93
Programming clerk by range ......................................................................P-94
Programming clerk detail ..........................................................................P-106
Programming clerk key ID ........................................................................P-107

Contents
4-3. Programming key features .....................................................................P-108
4-3-1
4-3-2
4-3-3
4-3-4
4-3-5
4-3-6
4-3-7
4-3-8
4-3-9

Programming PLU features ......................................................................P-108
Programming PLU 2nd@ features ........................................................... P-110
Programming subdepartment features ..................................................... P-111
Programming department features ........................................................... P-112
Programming by range ............................................................................. P-113
Programming individual program ............................................................. P-116
Programming key function program ......................................................... P-117
Programming shift PLU program ..............................................................P-135
Programming scanning PLU link program ................................................P-136

5. Program 2 .............................................................................. P-140
5-1. Character programming .........................................................................P-140
5-1-1 Character programming keyboard ............................................................P-140
5-1-2 Inputting characters by code ....................................................................P-142
5-1-3 After completing to input characters .........................................................P-142

5-2. Programming item descriptors ...............................................................P-143
5-2-1
5-2-2
5-2-3
5-2-4
5-2-5
5-2-6
5-2-7

Programming PLU item descriptors .........................................................P-143
Programming PLU 2nd unit price descriptors ...........................................P-144
Programming subdepartment descriptors ................................................P-144
Programming department descriptors ......................................................P-145
Programming PLU/subdepartment/department descriptors by range ......P-146
Copying PLU descriptors to PLU 2nd unit price .......................................P-147
Programming function key descriptors .....................................................P-148

5-3. Programming characters and messages ...............................................P-149
5-3-1
5-3-2
5-3-3
5-3-4
5-3-5
5-3-6
5-3-7
5-3-8
5-3-9

Programming receipt message, slip message and guest receipt messageP-149
Programming text recall message ............................................................P-150
Programming order character link ............................................................P-150
Programming fixed totalizer descriptors ...................................................P-151
Programming group character ..................................................................P-152
Programming special characters ..............................................................P-152
Programming report headers ...................................................................P-154
Programming endorsement message ......................................................P-155
Programming GT character ......................................................................P-155

6. Program 1 .............................................................................. P-158
6-1. Presetting date and time ........................................................................ P-158
6-2. Programming unit price and rate............................................................P-159
6-2-1
6-2-2
6-2-3
6-2-4
6-2-5
6-2-6

Programming PLU unit price ....................................................................P-159
Programming PLU 2nd unit price .............................................................P-160
Programming PLU unit price and PLU 2nd unit price ...............................P-161
Programming subdepartment unit price ...................................................P-162
Programming department unit price .........................................................P-162
Programming PLU/PLU 2nd@/subdepartment/
department unit price by range ................................................................P-163
6-2-7 Copying PLU unit price to PLU 2nd unit price ..........................................P-165
6-2-8 Programming amount or rate to keys .......................................................P-166
6-2-9 Programming unit price of shift PLU .........................................................P-167

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-5

Contents
7. Program 6 .............................................................................. P-170
7-1. Program read general procedure ...........................................................P-170
7-2. Program read report sample ..................................................................P-171
7-2-1
7-2-2
7-2-3
7-2-4
7-2-5
7-2-6
7-2-7
7-2-8

Unit Price/Qty ...........................................................................................P-171
Item Descriptor .........................................................................................P-172
Character and Message ...........................................................................P-172
Machine feature ........................................................................................P-176
Clerk .......................................................................................................P-208
Key feature ...............................................................................................P-220
Keyboard ..................................................................................................P-242
Memory allocation ....................................................................................P-242

Index .............................................................................................. P-244
Program 3 mode Hierarchy .................................................................................P-247
Program 1 mode Hierarchy .................................................................................P-248
Program 2 mode Hierarchy .................................................................................P-248
Program 6 mode Hierarchy .................................................................................P-248

P-6

1. Machine Initialization ................................................................. P-8
1-1. How to initialize QT-2100 terminal ............................................................. P-8
1-2. How to initialize QT-2100 terminal (add/replace one QT-2100) ................ P-11
1-3. How to flag clear QT-2100 terminal (or INIT2) ......................................... P-14

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-7

Initialization
1. Machine Initialization
1-1. How to initialize QT-2100 terminal
Preparation:
1. All peripheral devices and QT-2100 terminals of this cluster
should be turned off.
2. Connect all of the peripheral devices (such as printer, display
etc.) to QT-2100 terminal.
3. Connect all QT-2100 terminals by inline.
Operation:
Date
00-00-00
Time
12:34 00
ID Character
MC #01 01-10-10
Date
Check cluster
ID
0
Time
12:34 00
Check System
Master MC
ID
Character
#01
R/J/Order
Printer(1)
UP-350
Check
System
Master
R/J/Order
Printer(2)
UP-350
Check
cluster IDUP-350 0
R/J/Order
Printer(3)
R/J/Order
Printer(1)
Slip Printer
SP-1300UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(2)
UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(3)
UP-350
OK? Slip
YES
Printer
SP-1300
OK?

4. Turn on all peripheral devices of a QT-2100 terminal.
5. Turn on this QT-2100 terminal with pressing the left-most
key of the top row and release the key after buzzer sounds.
6. After releasing the key, enter “2000” (U.S.)/“1000” (other
area) and press the  key.

YES

7. Enter the current date (YY/MM/DD order) and time and
press the  key.

Date
Time
ID Character
Check cluster ID
Check System
R/J/Order Printer(1)
R/J/Order Printer(2)
R/J/Order Printer(3)
Slip Printer

01-10-10
12:34 00
MC #01
0
Master
UP-350
UP-350
UP-350
SP-1300

OK?

YES

8. In ID character field, the auto-defined ID No. is shown.
We recommend that you should not change the value.

P-8

Date
Time
ID Character
Check cluster ID
Check System
R/J/Order Printer(1)
R/J/Order Printer(2)
R/J/Order Printer(3)
Slip Printer

01-10-10
12:34 00
MC #01
0
Master
UP-350
UP-350
UP-350
SP-1300

OK?

YES

9. In this field, the check cluster No, should be set, if your check
tracking system are divided in some clusters.
(Enter cluster No. “1” ~ “9”, if you use check cluster system.)

Date
Time
ID Character
Check cluster ID
Check System
R/J/Order Printer(1)
R/J/Order Printer(2)
R/J/Order Printer(3)
Slip Printer

01-10-10
12:34 00
MC #01
0
Master
UP-350
UP-350
UP-350
SP-1300

OK?

YES

Date
Time
ID Character
Check cluster ID
Check System
R/J/Order Printer(1)
R/J/Order Printer(2)
R/J/Order Printer(3)
Slip Printer

01-10-10
12:34 00
MC #01
0
Master
UP-350
UP-350
UP-350
SP-1300

OK?

YES

Date
Time
Check cluster ID
ID Character
Check System
R/J/Order Printer(1)
R/J/Order Printer(2)
R/J/Order Printer(3)
Slip Printer

01-10-10
12:34 00
0
MC #01
Master
UP-350
UP-350
UP-350
SP-1300

OK?

YES

Date
Time
Check cluster ID
ID Character
Check System
R/J/Order Printer(1)
R/J/Order Printer(2)
R/J/Order Printer(3)
Slip Printer

01-10-10
12:34 00
0
MC #01
Master
UP-350
UP-350
UP-350
SP-1300

OK?

YES

10. In this field, you can select “1. Master/2. Backup Master/3.
Satellite/4.Selfmaster.”
Please select one of these options and press the  key.

11. In these fields, you can select, “1. No/2. UP-350/3. SA-3015/
4. UP-250” for R/J/Order printer.
Please select one of these options and press the  key.

12. In this field, you can select, “1. No/2. SA-3015/3. SP-1300”
for slip printer.
Please select one of these options and press the  key.

13. Please confirm all of the field and if they are all right, press
the  key to proceed the next step.

INIT

10-10-01 12:34

000000

AUTO PGM
YES
1.No Restore/Receive
2.PGM Restore (CF Card)
3.PGM Receive (Inline)

QT-2100 Programming Manual

14. If you want to download program data from other terminal or
CF card, select the appropriate menu and press the 
key and proceed the next step.
If you don't need to download any program data, just select
“1. No Restore/Receive” and press the  key.
If you have another machine to initialize, return to step 4.

P-9

Initialization
Program copy from other terminal.
INIT
10-10-01 12:34
000000
Received Data
All PGM
PGM Receive from
MC #05
OK?

YES

0.00

15. In this field, you can select the receiving contents as “1. All
Data (including totalizer)/2. All PGM (program only).”

INIT
10-10-01 12:34
000000
Received Data
All PGM
PGM Receive from
MC #05
OK?

YES

0.00

16. In this field, you should enter the source ID number of the data
and press the  key.

INIT
10-10-01 12:34
000000
Received Data
All PGM
PGM Receive from
MC #05
OK?

YES

0.00

17. Please confirm all of the fields and if they are all right, press
the  key to proceed downloading.
After completion of downloading, return to step 4 to initialize
other terminals.

Restore from CF card.
INIT

10-10-01 12:34

000000

Data Restore
1.PLUPGM1 .004
2.PLUPGM2 .004
3.STORE-AA.090
4.STORE-BB.090

0.00

15. Insert the CF card into the slot and select the appropriate file
and press the  key.

STORE-AAA.090
Are you sure to restore?

0.00

P-10

16. After the confirmation window is shown, press the 
key to proceed restoring.
After completion of downloading, return to step 4 to initialize
other terminals.

1-2. How to initialize QT-2100 terminal (add/replace one QT-2100)
Preparation:
1. All peripheral devices and QT-2100 terminals of this cluster
should be turned off.
2. Connect all of the peripheral devices (such as printer, display
etc.) to this QT-2100 terminal.
3. Connect this QT-2100 terminal to inline.
Operation:
Date
00-00-00
Time
12:34 00
ID Character
MC #01
Check System
Master 01-10-10
Date
Check cluster
ID
0
Time
12:34 00
R/J/Order
Printer(1) UP-350 MC #01
ID Character
R/J/Order
Printer(2)
UP-350
Check System
Master
R/J/Order
Printer(3)
Check
cluster IDUP-350 0
Slip Printer
SP-1300
R/J/Order Printer(1) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(2) UP-350
OK?
YES UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(3)
Slip Printer
SP-1300
OK?

4. Turn on all peripheral devices of this QT-2100 terminal.
And turn on all QT-2100 except this terminal of the cluster.
5. Turn on this QT-2100 terminal with pressing the left-most
key of the top row and release the key after buzzer sounds.
6. After releasing the key, enter “2000” (U.S.)/“1000” (other
area) and press the  key.

YES

7. Enter the current date (YY/MM/DD order) and time and
press the  key.
Date
Time
ID Character
Check cluster ID
Check System
R/J/Order Printer(1)
R/J/Order Printer(2)
R/J/Order Printer(3)
Slip Printer

01-10-10
12:34 00
MC #01
0
Master
UP-350
UP-350
UP-350
SP-1300

OK?

YES

Date
Time
ID Character
Check System
Check cluster ID
R/J/Order Printer(1)
R/J/Order Printer(2)
R/J/Order Printer(3)
Slip Printer

01-10-10
12:34 00
MC #01
Master
0
UP-350
UP-350
UP-350
SP-1300

OK?

YES

Date
Time
ID Character
Check System
Check cluster ID
R/J/Order Printer(1)
R/J/Order Printer(2)
R/J/Order Printer(3)
Slip Printer

01-10-10
12:34 00
MC #01
Master
0
UP-350
UP-350
UP-350
SP-1300

OK?

YES

QT-2100 Programming Manual

8. In ID character field, the auto-defined ID No. is shown.
Please check if the same value is set in this field.
We recommend that you should not change the value.

9. In this field, you can select “1. Master/2. Backup Master/3.
Satellite/4.Selfmaster.”
Please choose former options and press the  key.

10. In this field, the check cluster No, should be set, if your check
tracking system are divided in some clusters.
(Enter cluster No. “1” ~ “9”, if you use check cluster system.)

P-11

Initialization
Date
Time
ID Character
Check System
Check cluster ID
R/J/Order Printer(1)
R/J/Order Printer(2)
R/J/Order Printer(3)
Slip Printer

01-10-10
12:34 00
MC #01
Master
0
UP-350
UP-350
UP-350
SA-1300

OK?

YES

Date
Time
ID Character
Check System
Check cluster ID
R/J/Order Printer(1)
R/J/Order Printer(2)
R/J/Order Printer(3)
Slip Printer

01-10-10
12:34 00
MC #01
Master
0
UP-350
UP-350
UP-350
SP-1300

OK?

YES

Date
Time
ID Character
Check System
Check cluster ID
R/J/Order Printer(1)
R/J/Order Printer(2)
R/J/Order Printer(3)
Slip Printer

01-10-10
12:34 00
MC #01
Master
0
UP-350
UP-350
UP-350
SP-1300

OK?

YES

11. In these fields, you can select, “1. No/2. UP-350/3. SA-3015/
4. UP-250” for R/J/Order printer.
Please choose former option and press the  key.

12. In this field, you can select, “1. No/2. SA-3015/3. SP-1300”
for slip printer.
Please choose former options and press the  key.

13.Please confirm all of the field and if they are all right, press the
 key to proceed the next step.
INIT

10-10-01 12:34

AUTO PGM
YES
1.No Restore/Receive
2.PGM Restore (CF Card)
3.PGM Receive (Inline)

P-12

000000

14. If you want to download program data from other terminal or
CF card, select the appropriate menu and press the 
key and proceed the next step.
If you don't need to download any program data, just select
“1. No Restore/Receive” and press the  key. (The
initialization is completed.)

Program copy from other terminal.
INIT
10-10-01 12:34
000000
Received Data
All PGM
PGM Receive from
MC #05
OK?

YES

0.00

15. In this field, you can select the receiving contents as “1. All
Data (including totalizer)/2. All PGM (program only).”

INIT
10-10-01 12:34
000000
Received Data
All PGM
PGM Receive from
MC #05
OK?

YES

0.00

16. In this field, you should enter the source ID number of the data
and press the  key.

INIT
10-10-01 12:34
000000
Received Data
All PGM
PGM Receive from
MC #05
OK?

YES

0.00

17. Please confirm all of the fields and if they are all right, press
the  key to proceed downloading. (The initialization
is completed.)

Restore from CF card.
INIT

10-10-01 12:34

000000

Data Restore
1.PLUPGM1 .004
2.PLUPGM2 .004
3.STORE-AA.090
4.STORE-BB.090

0.00

15. Insert the CF card into the slot and select the appropriate file
and press the  key.

STORE-AAA.090
Are you sure to restore?

0.00

QT-2100 Programming Manual

16. After the confirmation window is shown, press the 
key to proceed restoring. (The initialization is completed.)

P-13

Initialization
1-3. How to flag clear QT-2100 terminal (or INIT2)
Preparation:
1. All peripheral devices and this QT-2100 terminal should be
turned off.
2. Check the connection of all peripheral devices (such as
printer, display etc.) of this QT-2100 terminal.
3. Check the connection of this QT-2100 terminal to inline.
Operation:
4. Turn on all peripheral devices of this QT-2100 terminal.
5. Turn on this QT-2100 terminal with pressing the right-most
key of the top row and release the key after buzzer sounds.
6. After releasing the key, press the  key.

10-10-01 12:34

INIT
1.Flag Clear
2.INIT2

0.00
7. Select “1. Flag Clear” and press the  key.
The flag clear operation is finished.
Note:
Performing “Init 2” requires password “8888888888” .

P-14

2. Program 5 ................................................................................. P-16
2-1. Programming memory allocation (daily & program) ................................. P-16
2-2. Programming memory allocation (periodic & work) ................................. P-17
2-3. Programming memory allocation file by file ............................................. P-18

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-15

Program 5
2. Program 5
2-1. Programming memory allocation (daily & program)
Operation:
P5 C01

10-10-01 12:34

000000

1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).

PGM-5
1.Memory Alloc

0.00
2. Press  repeatedly to assign Program 5 mode.
Memory Alloc

Memory Alloc
1.Daily & PGM
2.Periodic & Work
3.Individual File

0.00
3. Select “1. Daily & PGM” and press the  key.
Daily & PGM
Cashier/Clerk
Check Tracking Tables
Items/Table
Item Blocks
Table Analysis
PLU
PLU 2nd@
Shift PLU
RAM

15
3
60
1
10
324
324
108v

Daily & PGM
Scanning PLU link
Pulldown Group
Set Menu Table
Sub-Department
Department
Group
Receipt/SLIP Msg
Text Recall
RAM

22688

0.00

100^
20
30
0
4
20
12
99v
22688

0.00

Daily & PGM
Order Chara Link
Void File
Free Function
Time Zone
Hourly Production
Hourly Labor
Employee
Job Code
RAM

10^
10
100
0
0
0
0
0v
22688

0.00

The remainder of memory

Daily & PGM
Hourly Production
Hourly Labor
Employee
Job Code
IDC Link
IDC(1)
IDC(2)
IDC(3)
RAM

0^
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
22688

0.00

P-16

4. Select an appropriate file, enter the record numbers you want
to allocate and press the  key.
The lowest row shows the remaining memory.
5. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

2-2. Programming memory allocation (periodic & work)
Operation:
P5 C01

10-10-01 12:34

000000

1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).

PGM-5
1.Memory Alloc

0.00
2. Press  repeatedly to assign Program 5 mode.
Memory Alloc

Memory Alloc
1.Daily & PGM
2.Periodic & Work
3.Individual File

0.00
3. Select “2. Periodic & Work” and press the  key.
Periodic & Work
PLU
Periodic(1) Totalizer
Periodic(2) Totalizer
Consolidation & Work
Except PLU
Periodic(1) Totalizer
Periodic(2) Totalizer
Consolidation & Work
RAM

Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
22688

0.00

4. Select an appropriate record and press the  (allocate)
or  (not allocate) key.
5. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

Note:
The Flag Clear operation resets “YES” status. However it does not reallocate the files that
were already allocated on this screen.

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-17

Program 5
2-3. Programming memory allocation file by file
If you want to allocate files file by file, follow the procedures below.
Operation:
P5 C01

10-10-01 12:34

000000

1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).

PGM-5
1.Memory Alloc

0.00
2. Press  repeatedly to assign Program 5 mode.
Memory Alloc

Memory Alloc
1.Daily & PGM
2.Periodic & Work
3.Individual File

0.00
3. Select “3. Individual File” and press the  key.
Individual File
File001
File101
File201
File301
File401
File501
File601
File002

78
78
0
78
78
0
78
70
RAM

612

0.00

P-18

4. Select the file number you want to change and enter record
number you want to allocate (“0” means file deletion).
5. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

File
File description
No.
System files
901
System connection table
902
I/O parameter
903
Printer connection
904
Consecutive number
999
System error log
Function and total files
001
Fixed totalizer
101
(periodic total 1)
201
(periodic total 2)
301
(daily consolidation)
401
(periodic 1 consolidation)
501
(periodic 2 consolidation)
601
(consolidation work)
002
Free function
102
(periodic total 1)
202
(periodic total 2)
302
(daily consolidation)
402
(periodic 1 consolidation)
502
(periodic 2 consolidation)
602
(consolidation work)
003
Subdepaprtment
103
(periodic total 1)
203
(periodic total 2)
303
(daily consolidation)
403
(periodic 1 consolidation)
503
(periodic 2 consolidation)
603
(consolidation work)
004
PLU
104
(periodic total 1)
204
(periodic total 2)
304
(daily consolidation)
404
(periodic 1 consolidation)
504
(periodic 2 consolidation)
604
(consolidation work)
005
Department
105
(periodic total 1)
205
(periodic total 2)
305
(daily consolidation)
405
(periodic 1 consolidation)
505
(periodic 2 consolidation)
605
(consolidation work)
006
Group
106
(periodic total 1)
206
(periodic total 2)
306
(daily consolidation)
406
(periodic 1 consolidation)
506
(periodic 2 consolidation)
606
(consolidation work)
009
Hourly sales
109
(periodic total 1)
209
(periodic total 2)
309
(daily consolidation)
409
(periodic 1 consolidation)
509
(periodic 2 consolidation)
609
(consolidation work)
010
Monthly sales
110
(periodic total 1)

QT-2100 Programming Manual

Record Max. No.
length of records

Work
size

Description

Attribution

Allocatable

18
5
27
6
11

33
15
99
5
20

75
69
81
69
75

Program
Program
Program
Buffer
Buffer

No
No
No
No
No

26
10
10
10
10
10
10
38
10
10
10
10
10
10
54
15
15
15
15
15
15
92
30
30
30
30
30
30
54
15
15
15
15
15
15
26
10
10
10
10
10
10
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20

78
78
78
78
78
78
78
999
999
999
999
999
999
999
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
9999
9999
9999
9999
9999
9999
9999
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
96
96
96
96
96
96
96
32
32

81
75
75
75
75
75
75
99
75
75
75
75
75
75
135
81
81
81
81
81
81
177
99
99
99
99
99
99
135
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
75
75
75
75
75
75
87
87
87
87
87
87
87
87
87

Pgm/Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Pgm/Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Pgm/Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Pgm/Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Pgm/Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Pgm/Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Sales
Sales

No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

for master
for master
for master
for master

for master
for master
for master
for master

for master
for master
for master
for master

for master
for master
for master
for master

for master
for master
for master
for master

for master
for master
for master
for master

for master
for master
for master
for master

P-19

Program 5
File
File description
No.
210
(periodic total 2)
310
(daily consolidation)
410
(periodic 1 consolidation)
510
(periodic 2 consolidation)
610
(consolidation work)
012
Void reason
112
(periodic total 1)
212
(periodic total 2)
312
(daily consolidation)
412
(periodic 1 consolidation)
512
(periodic 2 consolidation)
612
(consolidation work)
018
Table analysis
118
(periodic total 1)
218
(periodic total 2)
318
(daily consolidation)
418
(periodic 1 consolidation)
518
(periodic 2 consolidation)
618
(consolidation work)
020
Grand total
120
(periodic total 1)
220
(periodic total 2)
320
(daily consolidation)
420
(periodic 1 consolidation)
520
(periodic 2 consolidation)
620
(consolidation work)
055
Shift PLU
155
(periodic total 1)
255
(periodic total 2)
355
(daily consolidation)
455
(periodic 1 consolidation)
555
(periodic 2 consolidation)
655
(consolidation work)
Clerk
007
Clerk
030
Clerk detail link
027
Clerk (Dallas) key ID
011
Clerk detail
111
(periodic total 1)
211
(periodic total 2)
311
(daily consolidation)
411
(periodic 1 consolidation)
511
(periodic 2 consolidation)
611
(consolidation work)
Time & Attendance
014
Hourly / Labor
114
(periodic total 1)
214
(periodic total 2)
314
(daily consolidation)
414
(periodic 1 consolidation)
514
(periodic 2 consolidation)
614
(consolidation work)
019
Work time
319
(daily consolidation)
800
Time zone
801
Employee
802
Job code

Record Max. No.
length of records
20
32
20
32
20
32
20
32
20
32
29
99
10
99
10
99
10
99
10
99
10
99
10
99
32
99
10
99
10
99
10
99
10
99
10
99
10
99
24
3
8
3
8
3
8
3
8
3
8
3
8
3
91
9999
70
9999
70
9999
70
9999
70
9999
70
9999
70
9999

Work
size
87
87
87
87
87
87
75
75
75
75
75
75
93
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
69
69
69
69
69
69
189
147
147
147
147
147
147

95
4
14
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

99
99
200
9801
9801
9801
9801
9801
9801
9801

165
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75

26
26
26
26
26
26
26
18
18
6
36
22

96
96
96
96
96
96
96
4158
4158
24
99
50

99
99
99
99
99
99
99
111
75
81
135
87

for master
for master
for master
for master

Attribution
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Pgm/Sale
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Pgm/Sale
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Pgm/Sale
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer

Allocatable
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

for master
for master
for master
for master

Program
Program
Program
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Sales
Sales
Program
Program
Program

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Description
for master
for master
for master
for master

for master
for master
for master
for master

for master
for master
for master
for master

for master
for master
for master
for master

for master
for master
for master
for master
for master

Note: Never allocate “Shift PLU” files, if you use “Accumulation for menu totaling specification”.

P-20

File
File description
No.
803
Schedule
806
Time & Attendance work
Check
015
Check Index
060
Check detail
066
Check detail work
Hourly item
021
Hourly item
121
(periodic total 1)
221
(periodic total 2)
321
(daily consolidation)
421
(periodic 1 consolidation)
521
(periodic 2 consolidation)
621
(consolidation work)
031
Hourly item link
IDC
057
IDC (1)
357
(consolidation file)
657
(consolidation work)
058
IDC (2)
358
(consolidation file)
658
(consolidation work)
059
IDC (3)
359
(consolidation file)
659
(consolidation work)
063
IDC buffer
804
IDC link
Program / message / buffer
016
Scanning PLU link
022
General control
023
Special character
024
Report header
025
Tax table
026
Pulldown group
028
Set menu table
029
Batch X/Z
032
Receipt/slip message
033
Endorse message
035
Print buffer
036
Registration buffer
039
Character recall
041
Check print
044
Display buffer
047
Graphic logo
048
Electronic journal memory
648
Electronic journal (collection)
054
PLU 2nd @
062
Scheduler
065
Order character
074
Key table
099
Euro program
905
Auto program control
Arrangement
038
Arrange group (1)
138
Arrange group (2)
238
Arrange group (3)
338
Arrange group (4)
438
Arrange group (5)

QT-2100 Programming Manual

Record Max. No.
length of records
11
2079
99
1

Work
size
111
657

Description

Attribution
Program
Buffer

Allocatable
Yes
Yes

300
80
80

200
9999
2000

69
69
69

Buffer
Buffer
Buffer

Yes
Yes
Yes

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
4

1920
1920
1920
1920
1920
1920
1920
480

75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75

Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Program

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
6

9999
9999
9999
9999
9999
9999
9999
9999
9999
9999
999

69
69
69
69
69
69
69
69
69
69
81

Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Program

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

9
6
16
16
74
103
80
9
40
40
80
80
40
3
40
13
41
41
46
14
16
36
4
3

300
37
58
31
10
999
999
10
48
4
999
2000
9999
9
1000
432/864
1000
12336
9999
99
99
192
3
20

75
69
69
69
93
189
183
69
69
69
69
69
69
69
69
69
69
69
99
75
69
171
69
75

Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Buffer
Buffer
Program
Program
Buffer
Program
Buffer
Buffer
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program

Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes

24
24
24
24
24

9999
9999
9999
9999
9999

69
69
69
69
69

Program
Program
Program
Program
Program

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

for master
for master
for master
for master

for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master

for master

P-21

Program 5

P-22

3. Program 4 ................................................................................. P-24
3-1. Programming key allocation ..................................................................... P-24
3-2. Programming key allocation (key location change).................................. P-26
3-3. Programming key allocation ..................................................................... P-28

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-23

Program 4
3. Program 4
3-1. Programming key allocation
Operation:
P4 C01

10-10-01 12:34

000000

1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).

PGM-4
1.Keyboard

0.00

2. Put the first level menu sheet on the keyboard.
3. Press  repeatedly to assign Program 4 mode.

Keyboard

Keyboard
1.Key Assign
2.Key Move

0.00
4. Select “1. Key Assign” and press the  key.
000.NOP
003.CHECK
008.PRCINQ
011.PRT
014.TBL TRAN
019.LOAN
022.P.UP.
027.030.%+
036.CPN2
039.CK.E

Key Assign
001.CASH
004.CREDIT
009.STKINQ
012.CHKP
015.TIP
020.RC
023.COUPON
028.%033.RF
037.VLD
040.#

002.CHARGE
006.NB
010.CHAR
013.CLK TRAN
016.NRMRCT
021.PD
025.DEPOSIT
029.+
034.VOID
038.RCT
041.#/NS
v

0.00

5. Select an appropriate function and press the  key.
Then press the corresponding key.
Or select an appropriate function by the function code list (see
the next page) and press the corresponding key.
6. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

P-24

Function
Add check
Arrangement
Bill copy
Break-in/out
Cancel
Cash amount tendered
Charge
Check endorsement
Check print
Check tender
Clerk number
Clerk transfer
Clock-in/out
Coupon
Coupon 2
Credit
Cube
Currency exchange
Customer number
Department
Department number
Deposit
Discount
Display mode
Dutch account
Eat-in
Electronic journal Disp
Error correct/Void
First unit price
Flat PLU
House Bon
Ketten Bon
List
List number
Loan
Lock out unused key
Media change
Menu shift
Merchandise subtotal
Minus
Multiplication
New balance
New check
New/Old check
Normal receipt
No sale
Non-add
Non-add/No sale
OBR
Old check

Code
094
044
047
109
236
001
002
039
012
003
072
013
108
023
036
004
090
045
043
051
135
025
028
219
140
128
207
034
069
063
114
113
136
137
019
000
118
064
080
027
082
006
091
093
016
042
040
041
103
092

Initial character
ADD CHK
ARG
BILL
BREAK-IN/OUT
CANCEL
CASH
CHARGE
CK.E
CHKP
CHECK
CLK#
CLK TRANS
CLOCK-IN/OUT
COUPON
CPN2
CREDIT
XXX
CE
CT
DEPT nn
DEPT#
DEPOSIT
%–
DISP MODE
DUTCH
EAT-IN
EJ DISP
VOID
1st@
PLU nnnn
HOUSE BON
X/KETTEN
LIST
LIST#
LOAN
NOP
MEDIA CHG
MENU
MDST
–
X
NB
NEW CHK
NEW/OLD
NRMRCT
NS
#
#/NS
OBR
OLD CHK

QT-2100 Programming Manual

Function
Open
Open2
Open Check
Operator number
Operator read/reset
Paid out
Pick up
Plus
PLU
Post Entry
Premium
Price inquiry
Price
Quantity/For
Recall
Receipt
Receipt On/OFF
Received on account
Refund
Reverse Display
Round Repeat
Seat number
Second unit price
Selective item subtotal
Separate check
Shift PLU
Slip back feed/Release
Slip feed/Release
Slip print
Square
Stock inquiry
Store
Subdepartment
Subdepartment number
Substitution
Subtotal
Table number
Table transfer
Take-out
Tax status shift
Taxable amount subtotal
Tax exempt
Text print
Text recall
Tray total
Tip
Validation
VAT
X/Z mode

Code
067
068
117
078
073
021
022
029
048
115
030
008
049
083
131
038
076
020
033
206
116
119
070
085
095
065
054
056
055
084
009
130
133
134
111
075
058
014
129
057
077
062
011
010
074
015
037
046
122

Initial character
OPEN
OPEN2
OPEN CHK
OPE#
OPE X/Z
PD
P.UP
+
PLU#
POST ENTRY
%+
PRCINQ
PRC
QT
RECALL
RCT
RCT ON/OFF
RC
RF
REVERSE
R REPEAT
SEAT#
2nd@
SIST
SEP CHK
SFT PLU
SB/R
SF/R
SLIP
XX
STKINQ
STORE
SUBDEPT nn
SDPT#
SUBST.
SUBTOTAL
TBL#
TABLE TRANS
TAKE-OUT
T/S
TAST
EXEMPT
PRT
CHAR
TRAY TTL
TIP
VLD
VAT
X/Z MODE

P-25

Program 4
3-2. Programming key allocation (key location change)
Operation:
P4 C01

10-10-01 12:34

000000

1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).

PGM-4
1.Keyboard

0.00
2. Press  repeatedly to assign Program 4 mode.
Keyboard

Keyboard
1.Key Assign
2.Key Move

0.00
3. Select “2. Key Move” and press the  key.
Key Move

Please Press the key which
you want to move.

0.00
4. Press the first key you want to change.
Key Move

Press the new position
of the key.

0.00
5. Press the second key you want to change.

P-26

Key Move

CASH

<-> CHARGE
Move OK? (YES/NO)

0.00
6. Press the  key after confirmation.
7. Press  key to return to the previous menu.
Keyboard layout
The shadowed key cannot be programmed with any other functions.

9

18

27

36

45

54

63

72

81

90

99

108

8

17

26

35

44

53

62

71

80

89

98

107

7

16

25

34

43

52

61

70

79

88

97

106

6

15

24

33

42

51

60

69

78

87

96

105

5

14

23

32

41

50

59

68

77

86

85

104

4

13

22

31

40

49

58

67

76

85

94

103

3

12

21

30

39

48

57

66

75

84

93

102

2

11

20

29

38

47

56

65

74

83

92

101

1

10

19

28

37

46

55

64

73

82

91

100

VAT

ESC/
SKIP

CH

RC

PD

6

CR

SUBTOTAL

2

3

CHK

CASH AMT
TEND

00

•

GUEST
RECEIPT

NB

REG
MENU
NEW/OLD
CLK5 MODE #/NS SHIFT TABLE CHK
TRANS

c

x

X/Z
CLK4 MODE

ADD HOUSE SEAT COVERS
CHK BON
No.

7

8

9

PGM
CLK3 MODE

SEP
CHK

PAGE
UP

4

5

1
0

NO

DISP
CLK2 ON/OFF SUBST.
CLK1

—

%–

HOME
YES

QT-2100 Programming Manual

PAGE
DOWN

VOID CANCEL

P-27

Program 4
3-3. Programming key allocation
Programming different function on the same location of the different menu sheet level.

Method 1
Operation:
First of all, programming one function on one menu sheet by the method of Section 3-1.
Next, issue “5. Function Key” report in the “5. Key Feature” of the “PGM Read Report”
in PGM 6 mode.
And open the function key allocation screen.
P4 C01

10-10-01 12:34

000000

1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).

PGM-4
1.Keyboard

0.00
2. Press  repeatedly to assign Program 4 mode.
Keyboard

Keyboard
1.Key Assign
2.Key Move

0.00
3. Select “1. Key Assign” and press the  key.

000.NOP
003.CHECK
008.PRCINQ
011.PRT
014.TBL TRAN
019.LOAN
022.P.UP.
027.030.%+
036.CPN2
039.CK.E

Key Assign
001.CASH
004.CREDIT
009.STKINQ
012.CHKP
015.TIP
020.RC
023.COUPON
028.%033.RF
037.VLD
040.#

002.CHARGE
006.NB
010.CHAR
013.CLK TRAN
016.NRMRCT
021.PD
025.DEPOSIT
029.+
034.VOID
038.RCT
041.#/NS
v

0.00

P-28

4. Enter the appropriate record number (in 4-digits) and function code (in 3-digits) and press the corresponding key on the
appropriate menu sheet.
5. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

Method 2
Operation:
In case of allocating different functions from the functions of the same location on the first
level menu sheet, turn the menu sheet or press the  key and allocate the function
on the menu sheet which you want to put.
P4 C01

10-10-01 12:34

000000

1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).

PGM-4
1.Keyboard

0.00

2. Put on the menu sheet you want to program.
3. Press  repeatedly to assign Program 4 mode.

Keyboard

Keyboard
1.Key Assign
2.Key Move

0.00
4. Select “1. Key Assign” and press the  key.
000.NOP
003.CHECK
008.PRCINQ
011.PRT
014.TBL TRAN
019.LOAN
022.P.UP.
027.030.%+
036.CPN2
039.CK.E

Key Assign
001.CASH
004.CREDIT
009.STKINQ
012.CHKP
015.TIP
020.RC
023.COUPON
028.%033.RF
037.VLD
040.#

002.CHARGE
006.NB
010.CHAR
013.CLK TRAN
016.NRMRCT
021.PD
025.DEPOSIT
029.+
034.VOID
038.RCT
041.#/NS
v

0.00

5. Select an appropriate function and press the  key.
Then press the corresponding key.
Or select an appropriate function by the function code list (see
the previous page) and press the corresponding key.
6. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-29

Program 4

P-30

4. Program 3 ................................................................................. P-34
4-1. Programming machine features ............................................................... P-34
4-1-1
4-1-2
4-1-3
4-1-4
4-1-5
4-1-5-1
4-1-5-2
4-1-5-3
4-1-5-4
4-1-5-5
4-1-5-6
4-1-5-7
4-1-5-8
4-1-5-9
4-1-5-10
4-1-5-11
4-1-5-12
4-1-5-13
4-1-5-14
4-1-5-15
4-1-5-16
4-1-5-17
4-1-5-18
4-1-5-19
4-1-6
4-1-7
4-1-8
4-1-9
4-1-10
4-1-11
4-1-12
4-1-13
4-1-14
4-1-15
4-1-15-1
4-1-15-2
4-1-15-3
4-1-16
4-1-17
4-1-18
4-1-19

Programming pulldown group (adding/modifying/deleting group item) .........
Programming set menu table ........................................................................
Programming arrangement ...........................................................................
Programming batch X/Z report......................................................................
Programming the general feature .................................................................
Programming the machine control 1 .............................................................
Programming the machine control 2 .............................................................
Programming the machine control 3 .............................................................
Programming the machine control 4 .............................................................
Programming the print control.......................................................................
Programming the report control 1 .................................................................
Programming the report control 2 .................................................................
Programming the communication .................................................................
Programming the hourly sales ......................................................................
Programming the slip/guest ..........................................................................
Programming the journal control ...................................................................
Programming the message control ...............................................................
Programming the order control .....................................................................
Programming the set menu/condiment .........................................................
Programming the check tracking ..................................................................
Programming the clerk interrupt....................................................................
Programming the display control ..................................................................
Programming the menu shift 1 ......................................................................
Programming the menu shift 2 ......................................................................
Programming scheduler ................................................................................
Programming check print ..............................................................................
Programming table analysis..........................................................................
Programming tax table ..................................................................................
Programming void table ................................................................................
Programming system connection..................................................................
Programming I/O parameter .........................................................................
Programming printer connection ...................................................................
Programming time zone ................................................................................
Programming time & attendance ..................................................................
Programming time & attendance (general) ..................................................
Programming time & attendance (job code) .................................................
Programming time & attendance (employee & schedule).............................
Programming hourly item link .......................................................................
Programming IDC link ...................................................................................
Programming Euro ........................................................................................
Programming auto program control ..............................................................

P-34
P-36
P-38
P-39
P-41
P-41
P-42
P-44
P-45
P-46
P-47
P-48
P-49
P-50
P-50
P-51
P-52
P-52
P-53
P-54
P-54
P-55
P-56
P-57
P-58
P-60
P-61
P-62
P-65
P-66
P-67
P-70
P-71
P-72
P-72
P-73
P-74
P-76
P-77
P-78
P-79

4-2. Programming clerks ................................................................................. P-80
4-2-1
4-2-2
4-2-2-1
4-2-2-2
4-2-2-3

Programming clerk features ..........................................................................
Programming operation ................................................................................
Programming clerk control ............................................................................
Programming menu shift/2nd@ ....................................................................
Programming mode control...........................................................................

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-80
P-82
P-82
P-83
P-84
P-31

Program 3
4-2-2-4
4-2-2-5
4-2-2-6
4-2-2-7
4-2-2-8
4-2-2-9
4-2-2-10
4-2-3
4-2-4
4-2-5
4-2-5-1
4-2-5-2
4-2-5-3
4-2-5-4
4-2-5-5
4-2-5-6
4-2-5-7
4-2-5-8
4-2-5-9
4-2-5-10
4-2-5-11
4-2-5-12
4-2-6
4-2-7

Programming function control 1 .................................................................... P-85
Programming function control 2 .................................................................... P-86
Programming function control 3 .................................................................... P-87
Programming function control 4 .................................................................... P-88
Programming function control 5 .................................................................... P-89
Programming arrangement control ............................................................... P-90
Programming X/Z report control.................................................................... P-91
Programming commission rate ..................................................................... P-92
Programming table range ............................................................................. P-93
Programming clerk by range ......................................................................... P-94
Programming clerk control by range ............................................................. P-94
Programming menu shift/2nd@ by range ..................................................... P-95
Programming mode control by range............................................................ P-96
Programming function control 1 by range ..................................................... P-97
Programming function control 2 by range ..................................................... P-98
Programming function control 3 by range ..................................................... P-99
Programming function control 4 by range ................................................... P-100
Programming function control 5 by range ................................................... P-101
Programming arrangement control by range .............................................. P-102
Programming X/Z report control by range................................................... P-103
Programming commission rate by range .................................................... P-104
Programming table range by range ............................................................ P-105
Programming clerk detail ............................................................................ P-106
Programming clerk key ID........................................................................... P-107

4-3. Programming key features ..................................................................... P-108
4-3-1
4-3-2
4-3-3
4-3-4
4-3-5
4-3-5-1
4-3-5-2
4-3-6
4-3-7
4-3-7-1
4-3-7-2
4-3-7-3
4-3-7-4
4-3-7-5
4-3-7-6
4-3-7-7
4-3-7-8
4-3-7-9
4-3-7-10
4-3-7-11
4-3-7-12
4-3-7-13
4-3-7-14
4-3-7-15
P-32

Programming PLU features ........................................................................ P-108
Programming PLU 2nd@ features ............................................................... P-110
Programming subdepartment features ........................................................ P-111
Programming department features .............................................................. P-112
Programming by range ................................................................................ P-113
General procedure of PLU, PLU 2nd@, subdepartment,
department by range ................................................................................... P-114
Programming hierarchy of programming title ............................................... P-115
Programming individual program ................................................................. P-116
Programming key function program ............................................................. P-117
Worksheet for cash, charge, credit and check ............................................. P-118
Worksheet for new balance ......................................................................... P-119
Worksheet for text print, text recall ............................................................. P-120
Worksheet for check print ........................................................................... P-121
Worksheet for clerk transfer ........................................................................ P-121
Worksheet for table transfer ........................................................................ P-121
Worksheet for tip ......................................................................................... P-121
Worksheet for loan, pick up ........................................................................ P-122
Worksheet for received on account, paid out .............................................. P-122
Worksheet for plus, minus, coupon ............................................................. P-123
Worksheet for deposit+, deposit– ............................................................... P-124
Worksheet for void ...................................................................................... P-124
Worksheet for check endorsement ............................................................. P-124
Worksheet for discount, premium ............................................................... P-125
Worksheet for receipt .................................................................................. P-126

4-3-7-16
4-3-7-17
4-3-7-18
4-3-7-19
4-3-7-20
4-3-7-21
4-3-7-22
4-3-7-23
4-3-7-24
4-3-7-25
4-3-7-26
4-3-7-27
4-3-7-28
4-3-7-29
4-3-7-30
4-3-7-31
4-3-7-32
4-3-7-33
4-3-7-34
4-3-7-38
4-3-7-35
4-3-7-36
4-3-7-37
4-3-7-39
4-3-7-40
4-3-7-41
4-3-7-42
4-3-7-43
4-3-7-44
4-3-8
4-3-9

Worksheet for non-add, non-add/NS ..........................................................
Worksheet for customer ..............................................................................
Worksheet for arrangement ........................................................................
Worksheet for currency exchange ..............................................................
Worksheet for slip .......................................................................................
Worksheet for T/S, TAST ............................................................................
Worksheet for open .....................................................................................
Worksheet for open 2 ..................................................................................
Worksheet for clerk number ........................................................................
Worksheet for operator X/Z .........................................................................
Worksheet for subtotal, merchandise subtotal ............................................
Worksheet for cancel ..................................................................................
Worksheet for multiplication, quantity/for, square, cube, Ketten Bon ..........
Worksheet for selective item subtotal .........................................................
Worksheet for open check ..........................................................................
Worksheet for list ........................................................................................
Worksheet for tax exempt ...........................................................................
Worksheet for clock-in/clock-out .................................................................
Worksheet for break-in/break-out ...............................................................
Worksheet for round repeat ........................................................................
Worksheet for eat-in/take-out ......................................................................
Worksheet for store .....................................................................................
Worksheet for new check, new/old check ...................................................
Worksheet for shift PLU ..............................................................................
Worksheet for receipt on/off ........................................................................
Worksheet for old check .............................................................................
Worksheet for Dutch account ......................................................................
Worksheet for tray total ...............................................................................
Worksheet for recall ....................................................................................
Programming shift PLU program ................................................................
Programming scanning PLU link program ..................................................

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-126
P-127
P-127
P-128
P-128
P-128
P-129
P-129
P-130
P-130
P-130
P-131
P-131
P-131
P-131
P-131
P-132
P-132
P-132
P-133
P-133
P-133
P-133
P-134
P-134
P-134
P-134
P-134
P-134
P-135
P-136

P-33

Program 3
4.

Program 3

4-1. Programming machine features
Preparation:
P3 C01

10-10-01 12:34

000000

1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
2. Press  repeatedly to assign Program 3 mode.

PGM-3
1.Machine Feature
2.Clerk
3.Key Feature

0.00
3. Select “1. Machine Feature” and press the  key.

4-1-1

Programming pulldown group (adding/modifying/deleting group item)
Operation
Machine Feature

Pulldown Group

Machine Feature
1.Pulldown Group
2.Set Menu Table
3.Arrangement
4.Batch X/Z
5.General Feature
6.Scheduler
7.Check Print
8.Table Analysis

Pulldown Group
1.LIST01
2.LIST02
3.LIST03
4.LIST04
5.LIST05
6.LIST06
7.LIST07
8.LIST08

v

0.00

Pulldown Group
List Title : LIST01

0001-026

Number of Stay down (Max)
Number of Stay down (Min)
OK?

0
0

v

0.00

4. Select “1.Pulldown Group” and press the  key.
5. Select an appropriate pulldown group and press the 
key.
6. If it is necessary to modify the message, press the  key
first to enter the characters, and then press the  key.

YES

0.00

Field meaning
1. Number of stay down (Min):
0 = Status, 1 ~ 8 = The number of times for stay down, 9 = No limit
2. Number of stay down (Max):
0 = Status, 1 ~ 8 = The number of times for stay down, 9 = No limit

P-34

Addition/Modification
LIST01
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.

v

0.00

7. Select a record you want to add an item or modify the item and
press the  key.

LIST01

Item
1.PLU
2.Pulldown Group

0.00

LIST01

LIST01

PLU
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.PLU0003
4.PLU0004
5.PLU0005
6.PLU0006
7.PLU0007
8.PLU0008

Pulldown Group
1.LIST01
2.LIST02
3.LIST03
4.LIST04
5.LIST05
6.LIST06
7.LIST07
8.LIST08

v

0.00

LIST01
Use LIST Key (if “NO” LIST#)
OK?

8. Select “1. PLU” or “2. Pull Down Group” you want to
program.

YES

0.00
LIST01

v

0.00

9. To select an appropriate PLU as an item, select a PLU
directly, enter PLU No. and press the  key or press the
appropriate  key.
10. Repeat step 7 to 9, until completing this pulldown group item
program.
11. Press the  key to terminate the program and proceed
the next step.
12. If you want to use the  key, press the  key.
After that, select a  key by pressing the appropriate
key. When the key you pressed is already used, choose YES
to overwrite.
13. If you do not want to use  key, press the  key.
14. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

This Key is Already Used.
Overwrite OK? (YES/NO)

0.00

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-35

Program 3
Deletion
LIST01
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.

v

0.00

7. Select the first record of items you want to delete and press the
 key.

LIST01
Item 01-02 Delete OK?

YES

0.00
8. Press the  key.
The selected item and followings are deleted.
9. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

4-1-2

Programming set menu table
Operation
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
1.Pulldown Group
2.Set Menu Table
3.Arrangement
4.Batch X/Z
5.General Feature
6.Scheduler
7.Check Print
8.Table Analysis v

0.00
4. Select “2. Set Menu Table” and press the  key.

Set Menu Table
Set Menu Table
1.Set Menu (0001)
2.Set Menu (0002)
3.Set Menu (0003)
4.Set Menu (0004)
5.Set Menu (0005)
6.Set Menu (0006)
7.Set Menu (0007)
8.Set Menu (0008)

v

0.00

P-36

5. Select an appropriate set menu item and press the 
key.

Addition/Modification
Set Menu Table (0001)
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.

v

0.00

6. Select an item record you want to add or modify and
press the  key.

0.00

7. Select “1. PLU”, “2. PLU 2nd@” or “3. List” you want to
program.

Set Menu Table (0001)

Item
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.List

Set Menu Table (0001)

Set Menu Table (0001)

PLU
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.PLU0003
4.PLU0004
5.PLU0005
6.PLU0006
7.PLU0007
8.PLU0008

LIST
1.LIST01
2.LIST02
3.LIST03
4.LIST04
5.LIST05
6.LIST06
7.LIST07
8.LIST08

v

0.00

Set Menu Table (0001)
Link:PLU0001

0001-04

OK:

YES

0.00

v

0.00

8. To select an appropriate PLU or PLU 2md@ as an item, select
a PLU directly, enter PLU No. and press the  key or
press the appropriate  key.
To select a list as an item, press the  key or enter the
significant list number, then press the  key.
9. Repeat step 6 to 8, until completing this set menu item
program.
10. Press the  key to terminate the program and proceed
the next step.
11. If you want to change the main PLU, press the  key.

Set Menu Table (0001)
PLU
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.PLU0003
4.PLU0004
5.PLU0005
6.PLU0006
7.PLU0007
8.PLU0008

v

0.00
QT-2100 Programming Manual

12. Select the main PLU and press the  key.

P-37

Program 3
Deletion
Set Menu Table (0001)
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.

v

0.00
6. Select the smallest record you want to delete the item(s) and
press the  key.
Set Menu Table (0001)
Item 01-02 Delete OK?

YES

0.00
7. Press the  key.
8. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

4-1-3

Programming arrangement
Operation
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
1.Pulldown Group
2.Set Menu Table
3.Arrangement
4.Batch X/Z
5.General Feature
6.Scheduler
7.Check Print
8.Table Analysis

v

0.00
4. Select “3. Arrangement” and press the  key.
Arrangement
Arrangement
1.ARG GP1
2.ARG GP2
3.ARG GP3
4.ARG GP4
5.ARG GP5

0.00
5. Select an appropriate record and press the  key.

P-38

ARG GP1
0001-038
0002-038
0003-038
0004-038
0005-038
0006-038
0007-038
0008-038
0009-038
0010-038
0011-038

v

0.00

4-1-4

6. Press the  key, enter arrangement commands by
character and press the  key.
7. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

Programming batch X/Z report
Operation
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
1.Pulldown Group
2.Set Menu Table
3.Arrangement
4.Batch X/Z
5.General Feature
6.Scheduler
7.Check Print
8.Table Analysis

v

0.00
4. Select “4. Batch X/Z” and press the  key.
0001-029
0002-029
0003-029
0004-029

Batch X/Z
001112151700000000
101112151700000000
011112151700000000
111112151700000000

0.00

QT-2100 Programming Manual

5. Select an appropriate record, enter the report code (refer to
the next page) and press the  key.
6. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

P-39

Program 3
Description
Allow to issue read report.

a

Choice
Yes = 0
No = 1

Allow to issue reset report.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Read/Reset selection (direct issuance)

c

Read = 0
Reset = 4

Program code

:

(a+b+c)
D18

Reported area:
Daily area = 0, Periodic 1 area = 1,
Periodic 2 area = 2, Consolidation area = 3

Significant
number

:

Report code 1

Significant
numbers

::

Report code 2

Significant
numbers

::

Report code 3

Significant
numbers

::

Report code 4

Significant
numbers

::

Report code 5

Significant
numbers

::

Report code 6

Significant
numbers

::

Report code 7

Significant
numbers

::

Report code 8

Significant
numbers

::

D17

D16 D15
D14 D13

D12 D11
D10 D9
D8 D7
D6 D5
D4 D3
D2 D1

Report
Fixed totalizer report
Function key report
Subdepartment report
PLU report
PLU stock report
Department report
Group report
Cashier/clerk report
Hourly sales report
Monthly sales report
Void reason report
Table analysis report
Electronic journal report
Employee (all) report
Hourly/labor report
Hourly item report

P-40

Report code
11
12
13
14
64
15
16
17
19
20
22
28
58
29
24
31

4-1-5

Programming the general feature
Operation
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
1.Pulldown Group
2.Set Menu Table
3.Arrangement
4.Batch X/Z
5.General Feature
6.Scheduler
7.Check Print
8.Table Analysis

v

0.00
4. Select “5. General Feature” and press the  key.

4-1-5-1 Programming the machine control 1
General Feature
General Feature
1.Machine Control1
2.Machine Control2
3.Machine Control3
4.Machine Control4
5.Print Control
6.Report Control1
7.Report Control2
8.Communiction

v

0.00
5. Select “1. Machine Control1” and press the  key.
Machine Control1
Machine No.
0
Order of Date
DD/MM/YY
Add Mode
Add2
Reset consecutive number to
initial value after taking
daily fixed totallizer report
No
Initial value for consecutive
number
0
Country Rounding
None
Tax System
VAT
Disable to amount tender in RF
v

0.00

Machine Control1
Country Rounding
Tax System
Disable to amount tender in RF
/REG- mode
VLD compulsory & Drawer Open

None
VAT
YES
At Once

Money-in-drawer limit
Maximum value of left
digit (0 to 9)
Money-in-drawer limit
Number of Zeros (0 to

alarm
most
0
alarm
9)

0

0.00
6. Select the field you want to change and press the /
 key or enter the numeric value and press the 
key.
7. After programming, you should press the  key to
return to the previous menu.

Field meaning
1. Machine number: (0 - 9999)
Not the ID code but the printing machine number.
2. Add mode:
You can choose Add 2 (ex. dollar and cent), Add 0 (ex. Japanese yen) or Add 1.
3. Reset the consecutive No. to initial value after taking daily fixed totalizer report:
Consecutive No. starts preset value +1. (Initial consecutive number: 1 - 999999.)
4. Country Rounding:
You can choose None, IF1, IF2, Danish, Norwegian/Swedish, Singapore.
5. Tax systems:
You can choose VAT/US/Canada/Singapore tax system.
6. VLD compulsory and drawer open:
You can choose “At once” and “After compulsory.”
7. Money-in-drawer limit alarm:
You can enter “Maximum value of left-most digit” and “ The number of zeros.”

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-41

Program 3
4-1-5-2 Programming the machine control 2
Operation
General Feature
General Feature
1.Machine Control1
2.Machine Control2
3.Machine Control3
4.Machine Control4
5.Print Control
6.Report Control1
7.Report Control2
8.Communication

v

0.00
5. Select “2. Machine Control2” and press the  key.
Machine Control2
Display Operator Guidance
YES
Sequencial / Ramdom PLU number
Use memory number
Net total Includes Tax
Include
Net total Includes Commission Include
+,- Follows Tax Status of item
YES
+,-,%+&%- amount in item net
totalizer
NO
Limit of number +,-,%+&%- key
operations per transaction
NO
Round of %+ or %- operation
v

Machine Control2
result
NO^
Restriction(0 or 5)on the last
digit for amount entry
NO
Money Declaration Compulsory
NO
ST Compulsory
NO
Allow Finalization operation
when subtotal is zero or less
YES
Allow more than one transaction in RF mode
N Repeat
Issue post receipt
when normal receipt is issued
NOv

0.00

0.00

Machine Control2
Allow numeric entry when compulsory drawer is open
Error when actual stock less
than zero
Alarm when actual stock less
than minimum stock level
Perform stock QTY calculation
during RF mode or RF key
Delete RF items from guest
receipt when item
consolidation is on

^
YES
NO
NO
NO
YESv

0.00

Machine Control2
Perform stock QTY calculation
during RF mode or RF key
Delete RF items from guest
receipt when item
consolidation is on
Key Confirmation Tone On
Allow Slit Drawer connection
Add No. of operation of clear
key into Fixed TTL
Use YES key to select item
Inline Money Declaration

^
NO
YES
YES
NO
NO
YES
NO

0.00
6. Select the field you want to change and press the /
 key or enter the numeric value and press the 
key.
7. After programming, you should press the  key to
return to the previous menu.

Field meaning
1. Sequencial/Random PLU number:
You can choose “Use memory number” or “Use Random code.”
2. Net total includes tax:
Net total includes add-on tax amount.
If select “No”, add-in tax amount is also excluded.
3. Net total includes commission:
Net total includes clerk commission.
4. Plus/minus follows tax status of item:
The tax status and commission status of plus/minus after item registration follows the
last item.
5. Plus, minus, premium, discount amount in item net totalizer:
Affect premium, discount, plus, minus result to the original item.
6. Limit of number plus, minus, premium, discount key operations per transaction:
Only one premium, discount, plus or minus registration is permitted during one
receipt.

P-42

7. Round of Premium or Discount operation:
Rounding on the least significant digit of Premium or Discount registration.
8. Restrict (0 or 5) on the last digit for amount entry:
The least significant digit for monetary amount entries is restricted to 0 or 5.
9. Money declaration compulsory:
Money declaration before daily read/reset operation or colection/consolidation operation (inline money declaration) is mandatory or not.
10. ST compulsory:
ST key operation before finalization is mandatory or not.
11. Allow finalization operation when subtotal is zero or less:
Allow/prohibit finalization operation when the subtotal amount is zero or less.
12. Allow more than one transaction in RF mode:
Prohibit/allow multiple refund operations after entering the RF mode.
13. Issue Post receipt when normal receipt is issued:
Allow/prohibit post receipt after a normal receipt issuance.
14. Allow numeric entries when compulsory drawer is open:
Allow/prohibit numeric entries when drawer (compulsory drawer only) is opened.
15. Alarm when actual stock less than zero:
Error occurs when actual stock for a registered item becomes negative.
16. Error when actual stock less than minimum stock level:
Error occurs when actual stock for a registered item drops below its programmed
optimum stock value.
17. Perform stock QTY calculation during RF mode or RF key:
Affect to stock value during RF key and the RF mode operation.
18. Delete RF items from guest receipt when its consolidation is on:
Merge the same department/PLU registration of a guest receipt.
19. Use YES key to select item:
Pressing the  key is required when you select an item. If “No” is selected,
 key is not necessary to press.

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-43

Program 3
4-1-5-3 Programming the machine control 3
Operation
General Feature
General Feature
1.Machine Control1
2.Machine Control2
3.Machine Control3
4.Machine Control4
5.Print Control
6.Report Control1
7.Report Control2
8.Communiction

v

0.00
5. Select “3. Machine Control3” and press the  key.
Machine Control3
Cash Declaration Compulsory
NO
Charge Declaration Compulsory
NO
Check Declaration Compulsory
NO
Credit Declaration Compulsory
NO
Receipt:Item consolidation
NO
Receipt:Sort by group
NO
Receipt:Sort by department
NO
Receipt:Sort by group/dept
with detail
Total only
PRT RCT sort detail w/o TTL
NO
Commission total includes VAT
NO

0.00

Machine Control3
Rounding for commission calcu^
lation
Round off
Move two decimal place to
right for unit prices
NO
Print consecutive No.
on the receipt
Print
Print consecutive NO.
on journal
Print
Print date on the receipt
Print
Print date on the journal
Print
Print time on the receipt
Printv

Machine Control3
on the receipt
Print consecutive No.
on the receipt
Print date on the receipt
Print date on the journal
Print time on the receipt
Print time on the journal
Vertical double size character
for UP-350
Receipt auto cut
E-Journal copy receipt

0.00

Print^
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
NO
YES
NO

0.00

6. Select the field you want to change and press the /
 key or enter the numeric value and press the 
key.
7. After programming, you should press the  key to
return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Cash Declaration Compulsory: (not used)
Charge Declaration Compulsory: (not used)
Check Declaration Compulsory: (not used)
Credit Declaration Compulsory: (not used)
Receipt: Item Consolidation:
Merge the same department/PLU registration on receipt.
6. Receipt: Sort by group:
Classify the registered items per group on receipt.
7. Receipt: Sort by department:
Classify the registered items per department on receipt.
8. Receipt: Sort by group/dept with detail:
You can choose “Total only” or “With detail.”

P-44

4-1-5-4 Programming the machine control 4
Operation
General Feature
General Feature
1.Machine Control1
2.Machine Control2
3.Machine Control3
4.Machine Control4
5.Print Control
6.Report Control1
7.Report Control2
8.Communiction

v

0.00
5. Select “4. Machine Control4” and press the  key.
Machine Control 4
Drawer open alarm Min. 00-59
0
Drawer open alarm Sec. 00-59
0
Compulsory drawer control for
multi drawers
All drawers
Update periodic at daily Z
YES
Scan link start record No.
217

0.00

6. Select the field you want to change and press the /
 key or enter the numeric value and press the 
key.
7. After programming, you should press the  key to
return to the previous menu.

Field meaning
1. Compulsory drawer control for multi drawers:
You can choose “All drawers”/“Drawers assigned to clerk”.
2. Scan link start record No.: The PLU items that are set after this record number are
treated as scanning PLU items.

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-45

Program 3
4-1-5-5 Programming the print control
Operation
General Feature
General Feature
1.Machine Control1
2.Machine Control2
3.Machine Control3
4.Machine Control4
5.Print Control
6.Report Control1
7.Report Control2
8.Communiction

v

0.00
5. Select “5. Print Control” and press the  key.

Print Control
Set Menu Detail on Guest/Slip No Print
Print PLU Number
No Print
Print Finalized Total
Print
Print Taxable Amount1
Print
Print Taxable Amount2
Print
Print Taxable Amount3
Print
Print Taxable Amount4
Print
Print Taxable Amount5
Print
Print Taxable Amount6
Print
Print Taxable Amount7
Print
Print Taxable Amount8
Printv

0.00

Print Control
Print Taxable Amount 9
Print Taxable Amount10
Print Taxable Status
Printing of total number of
items sold on the receipt
Print number of covers in
header
Cover print double size
Print unit price on receipt
One line feeded after
finalization for receipt

Print^
Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
NO
No Print
NOv

0.00

Print Control
Printing of total number of
items sold on the receipt
Print number of covers in
header
Cover print double size
Print unit price on receipt
One line feeded after
finalization for receipt
Time format 24/12Hour
Single item without fin rct
Always issue a receipt

No Print
No Print
NO
No Print
NO
24 Hour
NO
NO

0.00

6. Select the field you want to change and press the /
 key or enter the numeric value and press the 
key.
7. After programming, you should press the  key to
return to the previous menu.

P-46

4-1-5-6 Programming the report control 1
Operation
General Feature
General Feature
1.Machine Control1
2.Machine Control2
3.Machine Control3
4.Machine Control4
5.Print Control
6.Report Control1
7.Report Control2
8.Communiction

v

0.00
5. Select “6. Report Control1” and press the  key.

Report Control1
Gross
Net
Cash In Drawer
Cash Declaration short/over
Charge In Drawer
Charge Declaration short/over
Cheque In Drawer
Cheque Declaration short/over
Credit In Drawer
Credit Declaration short/over
RF Mode total

No
No
No
No
No

Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Printv

Report Control1
Number of covers
The average spend per cover
Commission for Cashing A Check
Total Service charge
Commission 1
Commission 2
Foreign currency cash and
Cheque in drawer totals
Accumulate total of - key and
%- key operation totals
Accumulate total of RF key and

0.00

Report Control1
VOID key operation totals
Number of C key operations
Rounding total
TA1
TAX1
TAXEX1
TA2
TAX2
TAXEX2
TA3
TAX3

No
No
No
No
No
No

Print^
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print

No Print
No Print
v

0.00

Report Control1
No Print^
No Print
No Print
Print
Print
No Print
Print
Print
No Print
Print
Printv

TAXEX3
TA4
TAX4
TAXEX4
TA5
TAX5
TAXEX5
TA6
TAX6
TAXEX6
TA7

0.00

No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No

Print^
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Printv

0.00

Report Control1
TAX7
TAXEX7
TA8
TAX8
TAXEX8
TA9
TAX9
TAXEX9
TA10
TAX10
TAXEX10

No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No

Print^
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print

0.00

6. Select the field you want to change and press the /
 key or enter the numeric value and press the 
key.
7. After programming, you should press the  key to
return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
These items are included in the fixed totalizer report.

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-47

Program 3
4-1-5-7 Programming the report control 2
Operation
General Feature
General Feature
1.Machine Control1
2.Machine Control2
3.Machine Control3
4.Machine Control4
5.Print Control
6.Report Control1
7.Report Control2
8.Communiction

v

0.00
5. Select “7. Report Control2” and press the  key.
Report Control2
Dept/Sub Dept Zero-Skip
Cashier/Clerk Zero-Skip
Function Zero-Skip
PLU/Stock Zero-Skip
Shift PLU Zero-Skip
Hourly Sales Zero-Skip
Group Zero-Skip
Monthly Sales Zero-Skip
Table Analysis Zero-Skip
Hourly Production Zero-Skip
Hourly Labor Zero-Skip

Display
Display
Display
Display
Display
Display
Display
Display
Display
Display
Display

Report Control2
Cashier/Clerk
X
Function
X
PLU/Stock
X
Hourly/Monthly
X
Group
X
Open Check
X
Table Analysis
X
E-Journal
X
Hourly Product
X
Employee
X
Hourly Labor
X

YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YESv

Report Control2
Printing of average spend per
^
item on monthly report
Print
PLU Random Code Order
Mem Number
PLU No. on X/Z Report
No Print
Sales Ratio on X/Z Report
No Print
Z Counter
Print
ITEM Discount Totalizer
No Print
Double Z Report
NO
VAT Recalculation on X/Z Report
NO
Stock Clear at Batch Z
NO
Print Consecutive No. range on
v

0.00

0.00

NO^
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO

0.00

Display
Display
Display
Display
Display
Display
Display
Display
Display
Display
Display

Report Control2
Fixed Totalizer Z
Dept/Sub Dept
Z
Cashier/Clerk
Z
Function
Z
PLU/Stock
Z
Hourly/Monthly
Z
Group
Z
Open Check
Z
Table Analysis
Z
E-Journal
Z
Hourly Product
Z

NO^
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NOv

Report Control2
daily Fixed TTL report
GT1(Daily)
GT2(Daily)
GT3(Daily)
GT1(Periodic1&2)
GT2(Periodic1&2)
GT3(Periodic1&2)
Display Flash
X
Display Employee Activity X
Display Fixed Totalizer X
Display Dept/Sub Dept
X

No Print^
Print
Print
Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
NO
NO
NO
NO

0.00

Display
Display
Display
Display
Display
Display
Display
Display
Display
Display
Display

Report Control2
Cashier/Clerk
Z
Function
Z
PLU/Stock
Z
Hourly/Monthly
Z
Group
Z
Open Check
Z
Table Analysis
Z
E-Journal
Z
Hourly Product
Z
Employee
Z
Hourly Labor
Z

0.00

NO^
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO

0.00

6. Select the field you want to change and press the /
 key or enter the numeric value and press the 
key.
7. After programming, you should press the  key to
return to the previous menu.

Field meaning
1. Zero-Skip on Report:
Skip zero total item.
2. Print Monthly Sales Average:
Print monthly sales average on monthly sales report.
3. PLU random code order:
You can choose “Mem Number (by memory number)” or “Random Code.”
4. VAT recaluculate on X/Z report:
Calculate VAT amount at report issuance temporarily.
5. Display Report:
Show report on the LCD screen.

P-48

4-1-5-8 Programming the communication
Operation
General Feature
General Feature
1.Machine Control1
2.Machine Control2
3.Machine Control3
4.Machine Control4
5.Print Control
6.Report Control1
7.Report Control2
8.Communiction

v

0.00
5. Select “8. Communication” and press the  key.
Communication
Copy program change to other
terminals
NO
Retry INLINE X/Z Polling
YES
Allow to operate communication
function
YES
Origin of reset data to be
sent to the master
Own data file
Reset&Printing of consolidation file before reset report
Print
Master printing of consolidation reset report
Printv

Communication
sent to the master
Own data file^
Reset&Printing of consolidation file before reset report
Print
Master printing of consolidation reset report
Print
Reset consolidation total
after inline consolidation
YES
Stock Result Copy
NO
Accumulation of data in consolidation area following RESET
operation
YES

0.00

0.00
6. Select the field you want to change and press the /
 key or enter the numeric value and press the 
key.
7. After programming, you should press the  key to
return to the previous menu.

Field meaning
1. Copy program change to other terminals:
Broadcast the programmed data in PGM 1 ~ 4 mode after completion of a program.
2. Origin of reset data to be sent to the master:
You can choose “Own data file” or “Consolidation file.”
3. Stock result copy:
Copy stock quantity to master daily file after Z consolidation.

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-49

Program 3
4-1-5-9 Programming the hourly sales
Operation
General Feature
General Feature
9.Hourly Sales
^
10.SLIP / Guest
11.Journal Control
12.Message Control
13.Order Control
14.Set Menu/Condiment
15.CHK Tracking
16.Clerk Interrupt
v

0.00
5. Select “9. Hourly Sales” and press the  key.
Hourly Sales
Interval(Hours)
Interval(Minutes)
Start Time(Hour)
Start Time(Minute)

1
0
0
0

0.00

6. Select the field you want to change and press the /
 key or enter the numeric value and press the 
key.
7. After programming, you should press the  key to
return to the previous menu.

Field meaning
1. Hour (00 ~ 23)
2. Minute (00 ~ 59)

4-1-5-10 Programming the slip/guest
Operation
General Feature
General Feature
9.Hourly Sales
^
10.SLIP / Guest
11.Journal Control
12.Message Control
13.Order Control
14.Set Menu/Condiment
15.CHK Tracking
16.Clerk Interrupt
v

0.00
5. Select “10. SLIP/Guest” and press the  key.
SLIP / Guest
Print additional items only
Entire memory
Slip Auto Line Find
NO
Slip Maximum Lines
0
Maximum number of automatic
line feed
0
Item consolidation on slip/
Guest receipt
NO
Printing only Group TTL on slip/
Guest receipt
NO
Print only Dept TTL on Slip/
v

SLIP / Guest
Guest receipt
NO^
Print detail in order of Dept/
Group on slip/Guest receipt
Total only
PRT GUEST sort detail w/o TTL
NO
Consecutive No. on slip/Guest
receipt
Print
Print Date on slip/Guest RCT
Print
Print Time on slip/Guest RCT
Print
Back feed after slip Print
NO
Back feed after VLD Print
NOv

0.00

0.00

P-50

SLIP / Guest
Print detail in order of Dept/
^
Group on slip/Guest receipt
Total only
PRT GUEST sort detail w/o TTL
NO
Consecutive No. on slip/Guest
receipt
Print
Print Date on slip/Guest RCT
Print
Print Time on slip/Guest RCT
Print
Back feed after slip Print
NO
Back feed after VLD Print
NO
Back feed after CHK-END/PRT
NO

0.00

6. Select the field you want to change and press the /
 key or enter the numeric value and press the 
key.
7. After programming, you should press the  key to
return to the previous menu.

Field meaning
1. Print additional items only:
Slip printing begins with “At the top of the transaction (Entire memory)/At the top of
this receipt (Additional only).”
2. Slip Maximum Line (00 ~ 99)
Note: This line should be set.
3. Back feed after slip Print/Back feed after VLD Print/Back feed after CHK-END/PRT:
These lines are only effective for SP-1300.

4-1-5-11 Programming the journal control
Operation
General Feature
General Feature
9.Hourly Sales
^
10.SLIP / Guest
11.Journal Control
12.Message Control
13.Order Control
14.Set Menu/Condiment
15.CHK Tracking
16.Clerk Interrupt
v

0.00
5. Select “11. Journal Control” and press the  key.
Journal Control
Storage of TRG Operation into
E-Journal
Generate E-Journal full error

YES
NO

0.00

6. Select the field you want to change and press the /
 key or enter the numeric value and press the 
key.
7. After programming, you should press the  key to
return to the previous menu.

Field meaning
1. Storage of TRG operation into electronic journal memory:
Put training clerk registration data into electronic journal memory.
2. Generate E-Journal full error:
Alert when the electronic journal memory becomes full/Not alert even if the electronic
journal memory becomes full..

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-51

Program 3
4-1-5-12 Programming the message control
Operation
General Feature
General Feature
9.Hourly Sales
^
10.SLIP / Guest
11.Journal Control
12.Message Control
13.Order Control
14.Set Menu/Condiment
15.CHK Tracking
16.Clerk Interrupt
v

0.00
5. Select “12. Message Control” and press the  key.
Message Control
Receipt Logo
Message
Receipt Commercial Message
Receipt Bottom
Message
Slip Commercial
Message
Slip Bottom
Message
Slip Intermediate Message
Bill Top
Message
Bill Copy Message
Bill Bottom Message
Receipt Logo either Graphic or
Text

No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No

Message Control
Receipt Commercial Message
No
Receipt Bottom
Message
No
Slip Commercial
Message
No
Slip Bottom
Message
No
Slip Intermediate Message
No
Bill Top
Message
No
Bill Copy Message
No
Bill Bottom Message
No
Receipt Logo either Graphic or
Text
Report Header Print
No

Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Textv

0.00

Print^
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Text
Print

0.00
6. Select the field you want to change and press the /
 key or enter the numeric value and press the 
key.
7. After programming, you should press the  key to
return to the previous menu.

Field meaning
1. Receipt Logo either graphic or text:
Select Text Logo/Graphic Logo.

4-1-5-13 Programming the order control
Operation
General Feature
General Feature
9.Hourly Sales
^
10.SLIP / Guest
11.Journal Control
12.Message Control
13.Order Control
14.Set Menu/Condiment
15.CHK Tracking
16.Clerk Interrupt
v

0.00
5. Select “13. Order Control” and press the  key.
Order Control
Print location character
Print Item Price
Stop printing message on
double BON
Print Detail of Set Menu
Auto cutting every KP order
Print dashed line
Print items on KP training
operator
Perform item consolidation on
KP

No Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
NO
NO
NO
NOv

0.00

P-52

Order Control
Print dashed line
Print items on KP training
operator
Perform item consolidation on
KP
Number of line feed before
print dashed line or auto cut
Number of line feed after
print dashed line or auto cut
Error generate Printer goes
down

NO^
NO
NO
0
4
YES

0.00

6. Select the field you want to change and press the /
 key or enter the numeric value and press the 
key.
7. After programming, you should press the  key to
return to the previous menu.

4-1-5-14 Programming the set menu/condiment
Operation
General Feature
General Feature
9.Hourly Sales
^
10.SLIP / Guest
11.Journal Control
12.Message Control
13.Order Control
14.Set Menu/Condiment
15.CHK Tracking
16.Clerk Interrupt
v

0.00
5. Select “14. Set Menu/Condiment” and press the  key.

Set Menu/Condiment
Calculate Price for detail
YES
Follow the same QTY as main
item
Fine Dining
No. of Detail for Post Entry
0

0.00

6. Select the field you want to change and press the /
 key or enter the numeric value and press the 
key.
7. After programming, you should press the  key to
return to the previous menu.

Field meaning
1. Calculate Price for detail:
Calculate/Not calculate detail item prices in set menu.
2. Follow the same QTY as main item:
Fine Dining: Not allow to enter the number of the condiment, and follow the
quantities of main PLU.
Fast food: Allow to enter the number of the condiment, and not follow the
quantities of main PLU.
Fine Dining QTY: Not allow to enter the number of the condiment but allow to
select the condiment by LIST staydown within the quantities of main
PLU.
3. No. of detail for Post Entry:
The value of reserved record for post entry function in detail file.

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-53

Program 3
4-1-5-15 Programming the check tracking
Operation
General Feature
General Feature
9.Hourly Sales
^
10.SLIP / Guest
11.Journal Control
12.Message Control
13.Order Control
14.Set Menu/Condiment
15.CHK Tracking
16.Clerk Interrupt
v

0.00
5. Select “15. CHK Tracking” and press the  key.
CHK tracking
Clearing CHK/TBL No. by using
the same number again
CHK Number
CHK# 12 Digits(if No,6Digits)
NO
Tax Claculation print by after
NB key
NO
Print previous balance when
CHK is opened by OLD CHK key
Print
Perform item consolidation
when CHK is opened by OLD CHK
NO
STORE/RECALL Start Range
0
STORE/RECALL End Range
0v

CHK tracking
CHK is opened by OLD CHK key
Perform item consolidation
when CHK is opened by OLD CHK
STORE/RECALL Start Range
STORE/RECALL End Range
Auto Check Start Range
Auto Check End Range
Reset STORE/RECALL No. after
taking OPEN CHK Z report
Suppress detail display
SEP CHK Consolidation

0.00

Print^
NO
0
0
0
0
NO
NO
NO

0.00

6. Select the field you want to change and press the /
 key or enter the numeric value and press the 
key.
7. After programming, you should press the  key to
return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Clearing CHK/TBL No. by using the same number again:
You can choose “Check Number” or “Table Number”.

4-1-5-16 Programming the clerk interrupt
Operation
General Feature
General Feature
9.Hourly Sales
^
10.SLIP / Guest
11.Journal Control
12.Message Control
13.Order Control
14.Set Menu/Condiment
15.CHK Tracking
16.Clerk Interrupt
v

0.00
5. Select “16. Clerk Interrupt” and press the  key.

P-54

Clerk Interrupt
Allow Clerk Interrupt
Allow operation to clerks who
are not allocated clerk
interrupt detailed memory
Auto Sign Off Timer for clerk
interrupt (In seconds)

NO
NO
0

0.00

6. Select the field you want to change and press the /
 key or enter the numeric value and press the 
key.
7. After programming, you should press the  key to
return to the previous menu.

Field meaning
1. Clerk sign off timer: 0 - 99. (Sec.) This program is also effective for non-clerk interrupt
system.

4-1-5-17 Programming the display control
Operation
General Feature
General Feature
12.Message Control
^
13.Order Control
14.Set Menu/Condiment
15.CHK Tracking
16.Clerk Interrupt
17.Display Control
18.Menu Shift 1
19.Menu Shift 2

0.00

Display Control
Backlight Off Timer(Min)

5. Select “17. Display Control” and press the  key.

1

0.00

6. Select the field you want to change and press the /
 key or enter the numeric value and press the 
key.
7. After programming, you should press the  key to
return to the previous menu.

Field meaning
1. Backlight Off Timer: 0 - 59. (Minute)

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-55

Program 3
4-1-5-18 Programming the menu shift 1
Operation
General Feature
General Feature
12.Message Control
^
13.Order Control
14.Set Menu/Condiment
15.CHK Tracking
16.Clerk Interrupt
17.Display Control
18.Menu Shift 1
19.Menu Shift 2

0.00
5. Select “18. Menu Shift 1” and press the  key.
Menu Shift 1
PLU
Quantity Extension
DEPT
Quantity Extension
SUB DEPT Quantity Extension
Accumulate touch PLU menus
Follow menu total reset operation to the destination
Destination(1) of accumulation
for menu totalizing
Accumulate 1st menu to (1)
Accumulate 2nd menu to (1)
Accumulate 3rd menu to (1)

NO
YES
YES
NO
NO
0
NO
NO
NOv

0.00

Menu Shift 1
Accumulate 4th menu to (1)
Accumulate 5th menu to (1)
Accumulate 6th menu to (1)
Accumulate 7th menu to (1)
Accumulate 8th menu to (1)
Destination(2) of accumulation
for menu totalizing
Accumulate 1st menu to (2)
Accumulate 2nd menu to (2)
Accumulate 3rd menu to (2)
Accumulate 4th menu to (2)

NO^
NO
NO
NO
NO
0
NO
NO
NO
NOv

0.00

Menu Shift 1
Accumulate 8th menu to (1)
Destination(2) of accumulation
for menu totalizing
Accumulate 1st menu to (2)
Accumulate 2nd menu to (2)
Accumulate 3rd menu to (2)
Accumulate 4th menu to (2)
Accumulate 5th menu to (2)
Accumulate 6th menu to (2)
Accumulate 7th menu to (2)
Accumulate 8th menu to (2)

NO^
0
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO

0.00

6. Select the field you want to change and press the /
 key or enter the numeric value and press the 
key.
7. After programming, you should press the  key to
return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Accumulate touch PLU menus:
Enable/Disable to sum up PLUs to one Menu sheet.
2. Follow memu total reset operation to the destination:
Reset child menu sheets with parent menu sheet together/Reset menu sheet independently.
3. Destination of accumulation for menu totalizing:
Define the sheet No. of parent menu sheet. (1 ~ 8)
Note: Never use these functions with “Shift PLU”.

P-56

4-1-5-19 Programming the menu shift 2
Operation
General Feature
General Feature
12.Message Control
^
13.Order Control
14.Set Menu/Condiment
15.CHK Tracking
16.Clerk Interrupt
17.Display Control
18.Menu Shift 1
19.Menu Shift 2

0.00
5. Select “19. Menu Shift 2” and press the  key.

Start
Start
Start
Start
Start
Start
Start
Start

PLU
PLU
PLU
PLU
PLU
PLU
PLU
PLU

Menu Shift 2
Number of 1st menu
Number of 2nd menu
Number of 3rd menu
Number of 4th menu
Number of 5th menu
Number of 6th menu
Number of 7th menu
Number of 8th menu

1
109
217
325
433
541
649
757

0.00

6. Select the field you want to change and press the /
 key or enter the numeric value and press the 
key.
7. After programming, you should press the  key to
return to the previous menu.

Field meaning
Define start PLU No. of each menu sheet.

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-57

Program 3
4-1-6

Programming scheduler
Operation
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
1.Pulldown Group
2.Set Menu Table
3.Arrangement
4.Batch X/Z
5.General Feature
6.Scheduler
7.Check Print
8.Table Analysis

v

0.00
4. Select “6. Scheduler” and press the  key.
Scheduler
0001-062
0002-062
0003-062
0004-062

D28 - D13
0000000000000000
0000000000000000
0000000000000000
0000000000000000

D12 - D1
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000

0.00
5. Enter schedule (refer to the next page) and press the 
key.
6. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

P-58

Description
Scheduler start time (00:00 ~ 23:59)

Choice
Significant
numbers

Scheduler end time (00:00 ~ 23:59)

Significant
numbers

::::
D24 D23 D22 D21
D20

Interval control 1:
Daily = 0, Weekly = 1, Monthly = 2

Significant
number

Interval control 2:
Daily; No meaning
Weekly; Define day of a week
00; Sunday, 01; Monday, 02; Tuesday, 03; Wednesday,
04; Thursday, 05; Friday, 06; Saturday
Monthly; Define date, 01 ~ 31, 99 means the end of the month

Significant
numbers

Interval time (00:00 ~ 23:59)

Significant
numbers

:
D19

::
D18 D17

::::
D16 D15 D14 D13

;

Always “0”

D12

Arrangement table No.

Significant
numbers

Arrangement file No.

Significant
numbers

QT-2100 Programming Manual

D28 D27 D26 D25

;

Always “0”

Always “0000”

Program code

::::

::::
D11 D10 D9 D8

:::
D7 D6 D5

;;;;
D4 D3 D2 D1

P-59

Program 3
4-1-7

Programming check print
Operation
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
1.Pulldown Group
2.Set Menu Table
3.Arrangement
4.Batch X/Z
5.General Feature
6.Scheduler
7.Check Print
8.Table Analysis

v

0.00
4. Select “7. Check Print” and press the  key.
Check Print
0001-041
0002-041
0003-041
0004-041
0005-041
0006-041
0007-041
0008-041
0009-041

000000
000000
000000
000000
000000
000000
000000
000000
000000

0.00
5. Enter value (below) and press the  key.
6. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

Description

Choice

Define printing data:
1; Printing amount
2; Printing amount (double size)
3; Printing date
4; Printing date (double size)
5; Check endorsement message 1st line
6; Check endorsement message 2nd line
7; Check endorsement message 3rd line
8; Check endorsement message 4th line

P-60

Significant
number

Feed before printing.

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Feed direction

b

Normal = 0
Reverse = 2

Feed 1 line after printing.

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

No. of feed lines before printing (0 ~ 9)

Significant
number

Printing offset digits (00 ~ 49)

Significant
numbers

Program code

:
D5

:

(a+b+c)
D4

:
D3

::
D2 D1

4-1-8

Programming table analysis
Operation
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
1.Pulldown Group
2.Set Menu Table
3.Arrangement
4.Batch X/Z
5.General Feature
6.Scheduler
7.Check Print
8.Table Analysis

v

0.00
4. Select “8. Table Analysis” and press the  key.
Table Analysis
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000

TBL01
TBL02
TBL03
TBL04
TBL05
TBL06
TBL07
TBL08
TBL09
TBL10

0.00

5. Select an appropriate record and press the  key.
6. Enter characters for table analysis and press the  key.
7. Enter value (below) and press the  key.
8. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

Note:
This programming is only effective, if the check-# is 6-digit long
Description
Minimum check No. of the group
(“0” means “1.”)

Significant
numbers

::::::

Maximum check No. of the group
(“000000” means no programming.)

Significant
numbers

::::::

QT-2100 Programming Manual

Choice

Program code
D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1

P-61

Program 3
4-1-9

Programming tax table
Operation
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
6.Scheduler
^
7.Check Print
8.Table Analysis
9.Tax Table
10.Void Table
11.System Connection
12.I/O Parameter
13.Printer Connection v

0.00
4. Select “9. Tax Table” and press the  key.
Tax Table

1.Tax
2.Tax
3.Tax
4.Tax
5.Tax

Tax Table
Table (1)
Table (2)
Table (3)
Table (4)
Table (5)

0.00
5. Select an appropriate table and press the  key.
Tax Table (1)
Tax Rate(%)
8.125
Maximum Table Amount
0.00
Rounding
Round Off
Singapore Rounding
Yes
Calculation Type
Add in(VAT)
Sum of Cyclic Patterns
0
No. of Cyclic Values
0
Sum of Non-Cyclic Values
0
Actual Values(01)
0
Actual Values(02)
0
Actual Values(03)
0v

0.00

6. Select an appropriate record and press the  key.
7. Enter value (below) and press the  key.
8. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

Field meaning
1. Tax Rate(%): (VAT & VAT: Sharing rate for the primary taxable amount)
Rate; 0.0001 ~ 9999.9999 % (Use Decimal point key)
2. Maximum Table Amount:
Maximum value; 0.00 ~ 9999.99
3. Rounding:
Selection; Cut off/Round off/Round up/Round up to two dp
4. Singapore Rounding:
Selection; Yes/No
5. Calculation type:
Selection;
Not calculate/Table/Table & Add on/Add in (VAT)/Tax on Tax/VAT and VAT
6. Sum of Cyclic Patterns, No. of Cyclic Values, Sum of Cyclic Values, Actual Values
See the following pages.
cf. VAT & VAT:
1. Sharing rate of the primary taxable amount → enter “Tax rate” field.
2. Actual tax table for primary tax table code → enter “Actual value (1)” field.
3. Actual tax table for secondary tax table code → enter “Actual value (2)” field.

P-62

Explanation of U.S. tax table examples
Tax table without a tax rate

Tax
(6%)
$.00
.01
.02
.03
.04
.05
.06
.07

Price Range
Min. break point Max. break point
$

.01
.11
.25
.42
.59
.75
.82
1.09

$

.10
.24
.41
.58
.74
.81
1.08
1.24

Max. break points
Upper
Lower
10
24
41
58
74
91
108
124
141

–
0
– 10
– 24
– 41
– 58
– 74
– 91
– 108
– 124

Difference
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

10
14
17
17
16
17
17
16
17

Pattern
Non-cyclic data

Cyclic data

Cyclic data

• Sum of a single cyclic pattern: 17 + 17 + 16 = 50
• Number of values in each cyclic pattern: 3
• Sum of values in the non-cyclic pattern: 10 + 14 = 24
• Non-cyclic values and one set of cyclic values (actual values): 10, 14, 17, 17, 16
• Tax system: Tax table without rate
Tax table with a tax rate
Tax
(6%)
$.00
.01
.02
.03
.04
.05
.06
.07
.08
.09
.10
.11
.12
.13
.14

Price Range
Min. break point Max. break point
$

.01
.08
.22
.36
.50
.65
.79
.93
1.08
1.22
1.36
1.50
1.65
1.79
1.93

19.93

1.40

$

.07
.21
.35
.49
.64
.78
.92
1.07
1.21
1.35
1.49
1.64
1.78
1.92
2.07

Max. break points
Upper
Lower
7
21
35
49
64
78
92
107
121
135
149
164
178
192
207

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

0
7
21
35
49
64
78
92
107
121
135
149
164
178
192

Difference
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

7
14
14
14
15
14
14
15
14
14
14
15
14
14
15

Pattern
Non-cyclic data

Cyclic data

Cyclic data

20.07

On all sales above $20.07, compute the
tax at a rate of 7%

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Sum of a single cyclic pattern: 14 + 14 + 14 + 15 + 14 + 14 + 15 = 100
Number of values in each cyclic pattern: 7
Sum of values in non-cyclic pattern: 7
Sum of values in the non-cyclic pattern: 7
Non-cyclic values and one set of cyclic values (actual values): 7, 14, 14, 14, 15, 14, 14, 15
Maximum taxable amount in table calculation: $20.07
Tax system: Tax table with rate
Tax rate: 7.000%
Rounding method: Cut off to two decimal places

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-63

Program 3
Explanation of VAT & VAT
Example 1: Share the amount
Tax table programming
Tax rate
(Share rate)
10.0000%
20.0000%

Calculation
type
VAT
VAT

Table 4

33.3333%

VAT & VAT

1

2

Table 5

25.0000%

VAT & VAT

1

2

Table 1
Table 2
:

Primary Secondary
tax status tax status

→ 33.3333% for taxable 1
→ 66.6667% for taxable 2
→ 25.0000% for taxable 1
→ 75.0000% for taxable 2

Item programming & registration result
Program
Unit price Tax status
$10.00
1
$20.00
2

Item 1
Item 2
:
Item 4

$30.00

4

Item 5

$40.00

5

Registration result
Taxable 1
Taxable 2
$10.00
$20.00
$10.00
($30.00 × 33.3333%)
$10.00
($40.00 × 25.0000%)

$20.00
($30.00 × 66.6667%)
$30.00
($40.00 × 75.0000%)

Example 2: The alternative of taxable 1 or 2
Tax table programming

Table 1
Table 2
:
Table 4

Tax rate
(Share rate)
10.0000%
20.0000%

Calculation
type
VAT
VAT

Primary Secondary
tax status tax status

VAT & VAT

1

2

→ Select tax status by .

Item programming & registration result

Item 1

Program
Unit price Tax status
$10.00
4

Registration result
Taxable 1
Taxable 2
$10.00
$10.00

Tax 1 Exempt
$10.00
Tax 2 Exempt
$10.00

P-64

4-1-10 Programming void table
Operation
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
6.Scheduler
^
7.Check Print
8.Table Analysis
9.Tax Table
10.Void Table
11.System Connection
12.I/O Parameter
13.Printer Connection v

0.00
4. Select “10. Void Table” and press the  key.
Void Table
Use Void Table

YES

0.00
5. Press the  key.
Void Table
000000
000000
000000
000000
000000
000000

0.00

6. Select an appropriate record and press the  key.
7. Enter void character and press the  key.
8. Enter value (below) and press the  key.
9. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

Description
Return stock value.

QT-2100 Programming Manual

Choice
Yes = 0
No = 1

Program code

:
D1

P-65

Program 3
4-1-11 Programming system connection
Operation
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
6.Scheduler
^
7.Check Print
8.Table Analysis
9.Tax Table
10.Void Table
11.System Connection
12.I/O Parameter
13.Printer Connection v

0.00
4. Select “11. System Connection” and press the  key.

* 1 MC #01
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

System Connection
02010100000
00000000000
00000000000
00000000000
00000000000
00000000000
00000000000
00000000000
00000000000
00000000000
00000000000v

0.00

5. Select the record with “*” and press the  key.
6. Enter the logical ID character and press the  key.
8. Press the  key, enter value (below; D12,D11 and
D10 ~ D1 ) and press the  key.
9. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.
10. This program should be made to all terminals in the cluster.

Description

Logical ID characters (within 12 characters)

Choice
Significant
characters

Program code

::::::
D24 D23 D22 D21 D20 D19

::::::
D18 D17 D16 D15 D14 D13

Terminal:
Oneself = 02, Others = 01

Significant
numbers

Check tracking master/backup master (program value):
Master = 01, Backup master = 02, Self master = 03, Satellite = 00

Significant
numbers

Check tracking master/backup master (current value):
Master = 01, Backup master = 02, Self master = 03, Satellite = 00

Significant
numbers

P-66

D12 D11

::
D10 D9

::
D8 D7

;;;;;

Always “00000”
Check tracking cluster No. (0 ~ 9)
(“0” means no designation.)

::

D6 D5 D4 D3 D2

Significant
number

:
D1

4-1-12 Programming I/O parameter
Operation

Note: Please perform the flag clear operation of the terminal after changing the
I/O parameter table.

Machine Feature
Machine Feature
6.Scheduler
^
7.Check Print
8.Table Analysis
9.Tax Table
10.Void Table
11.System Connection
12.I/O Parameter
13.Printer Connection v

0.00
4. Select “12. I/O Parameter” and press the  key.
I/O Parameter
0001-902
0002-902
0003-902
0004-902
0005-902
0006-902
0007-902
0008-902
0009-902
0010-902
0011-902

0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000

0.00

5. Select an appropriate record, enter appropriate value (below)
and press the  key.
6. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

First record
Description
Inline baud rate:
312kbps = 0*, 156kbps = 1
*

Choice
Significant
number

Program code

:
D1

For INLINE 2 (CAT5) cable, select 312kbps only.

Second record
Description
Online baud rate: 115200bps = 0,1
57600bps = 2,
38400bps = 3,
19200bps = 4,
9600bps = 5,
4800bps = 6,
2400bps = 7

Choice

Program code

Significant
number

:

Activation signal (trigger):
DR = 0, CI = 1

Significant
number

:

D2
D1

Third record
Description
Always “0”

QT-2100 Programming Manual

Choice

Program code

;
D1

P-67

Program 3
Note: Besides flag clear, please turn off and on
the printer.

Fourth record
Description

Choice

No. of offset digits of slip/validation printing by SA-3015 (00 ~ 24)

Significant
numbers

Program code

::
D10D9

;;;

Always “000”

D8 D7 D6

No = 0
Yes = 1

Use SA-3015 printer for slip printing:

:
D5

:

Using RS-232C port for printer:
COM4 = 0, COM5 = 5, COM6 = 6

Significant
number

Baud rate of the RS-232C port for printer:
19200bps = 0, 9600bps = 1

Significant
number

:

Using printer connected to RS-232C port: No printer = 99
• UP-350 = 00
• SA-3015 = 01
• UP-250 = 02

Significant
numbers

::

D4
D3

D2 D1

Note: Besides flag clear, please turn off and on
the printer.

Fifth record
Description

No. of offset digits of slip/validation printing by SA-3015 (00 ~ 24)

Choice
Significant
numbers

Program code

::
D10D9

;;;

Always “000”

D8 D7 D6

Use SA-3015 printer for slip printing:

No = 0
Yes = 1

:
D5

:

Using RS-232C port for printer:
COM5 = 0, COM4 = 4, COM6 = 6

Significant
number

Baud rate of the RS-232C port for printer:
19200bps = 0, 9600bps = 1

Significant
number

:

Using printer connected to RS-232C port: No printer = 99
• UP-350 = 00
• SA-3015 = 01
• UP-250 = 02

Significant
numbers

::

D4
D3

D2 D1

Sixth record
Description

Choice

Rear display:
Connected * = 1, Not connected = 0

Significant
number

Remote display:
Connected * = 1, Not connected = 0

Significant
number

Program code

:
D2

:
D1

* You can connect either rear or remote display.

Seventh record
Description
Display color:
White line/black ground = 0, Black line/white ground = 1

P-68

Choice
Significant
number

Program code

:
D1

Eighth record
Description

Choice

Program code

;

Always “0”

D1

Nineth record
Description

Choice

Parity:
Even = 0, Non = 1, Odd = 2

Significant
number

Bit:
7 bit = 0, 8 bit = 1

Significant
number

Scanner:
Connect = 2, No = 0

Significant
number

Baud rate:
2400 bps = 0, 9600 bps = 1, 4800 bps = 2

Significant
number

Tenth record

Program code

:
D4

:
D3

:
D2

:
D1

Note: Besides flag clear, please turn off and on
the printer.

Description
Using RS-232C port for printer:
No printer = 0, COM2 = 2 (COM4 = 4, COM 5 = 5, COM 6 = 6)

Choice
Significant
number

Baud rate of the RS-232C port for slip printer:
No printer = 0, 9600bps = 1

Significant
number

SP-1300:
Connect = 70, No = 00

Significant
number

Program code

:
D4

:
D3

::
D2 D1

If you use COM 4 ~ 6, the automatic detection during INIT does not performed. Assign it manually.

Eleventh record

Note: Besides flag clear, please turn off and on
the printer.
Description

No. of offset digits of slip/validation printing by SA-3015 (00 ~ 24)

Choice
Significant
numbers

::
D10D9

;;;

Always “000”
Use SA-3015 printer for slip printing:

Program code

D8 D7 D6

No = 0
Yes = 1

:
D5

:

Using RS-232C port for printer:
COM6 = 0, COM4 = 4, COM5 = 5

Significant
number

Baud rate of the RS-232C port for printer:
19200bps = 0, 9600bps = 1

Significant
number

:

Using printer connected to RS-232C port: No printer = 99
• UP-350 = 00
• SA-3015 = 01
• UP-250 = 02

Significant
numbers

::

QT-2100 Programming Manual

D4
D3

D2 D1

P-69

Program 3
4-1-13 Programming printer connection
Operation
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
6.Scheduler
^
7.Check Print
8.Table Analysis
9.Tax Table
10.Void Table
11.System Connection
12.I/O Parameter
13.Printer Connection v

0.00
4. Select “13. Printer Connection” and press the  key.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

R/J
Report
Order1
Order2
Order3
Order4
Order5
Order6
Order7
No
No

MC
MC
MC
MC

Printer Connection
#01
/1 MC #01
#02
/2 MC #01
#03
/1 MC #03
#01
/1 MC #03

/2
/1
/2
/1

v

0.00
Backup printer definition field
Main printer definition field

Printer Connection
Print
1.No
2.R/J
3.Report
4.Order1
5.Order2
6.Order3
7.Order4
8.Order5

v

0.00

Printer Connection

5. Select an appropriate record of the main printer field and
press the  key.
6. Select these options, “1.My Printer #1/2.My Printer #2/3.My
Printer #3/4.RS-232C Printer” and press the  key.
7. If you select “4.RS-232C Printer”, select the terminal ID /1,
/2 or /3.
• /1 stands for the specified printer which is programmed
in the forth record. (page 68)
• /2 stands for the specified printer which is programmed
in the fifth record. (page 68)
• /3 stands for the specified printer which is programmed
in the eleventh record. (page 69)
8. If you want to allocate backup printer, set the backup printer
in the backup printer field.
9. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.
Printer Connection
1.MC
2.MC
3.MC
4.MC
5.MC
6.MC
7.
8.

R/J
1.My printer
/1
2.My printer
/2
3.My printer
/3
4.RS-232C Printer
5.No

0.00

RS-232C Printer
#01
/1
#01
/2
#01
/3
#02
/1
#02
/2
#02
/3
v

0.00

Note:
The 10-th through 16-th record of this file are used for the printer definition of order ID
change of the Manager function.
The 17-th through 24-th record are not used.

P-70

4-1-14 Programming time zone
Operation
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
9.Tax Table
^
10.Void Table
11.System Connection
12.I/O Parameter
13.Printer Connection
14.Time Zone
15.Time & Attendance
16.Hourly/Item Link v

0.00
4. Select “14. Time Zone” and press the  key.
Time Zone
0001-800
0002-800
0003-800
0004-800
0005-800
0006-800
.
.
.

Start
09:00
10:00
15:00
00:00
00:00
00:00

End
10:00
12:00
17:00
00:00
00:00
00:00

Cycle
00:15
00:30
01:00
00:00
00:00
00:00

0.00
Cycle Time field

5. Select an appropriate record, and enter the start time, end
time, and cycle time.
6. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

End Time field
Start Time field
Rec-No. File No.

Worksheet for time zone
Description

Choice

Program code

Zone Start Time (Hour)

00 ~23

::

Zone Start Time (Minute) (00~59)

00 ~ 59

::

Zone End Time (Hour) (00~23)

00 ~ 23

::

Zone End Time (Minute) (00~59)

00 ~ 59

::

Zone Cycle (Hour) (00~23)

00 ~ 23

::

00, 15, 30, 45

::

Zone Cycle (Minute) (00, 15, 30, 45)

QT-2100 Programming Manual

D12 D11
D10 D9
D8 D7
D6 D5
D4 D3
D2 D1

P-71

Program 3
4-1-15 Programming time & attendance
Preparation

Machine Feature
Machine Feature
9.Tax Table
^
10.Void Table
11.System Connection
12.I/O Parameter
13.Printer Connection
14.Time Zone
15.Time & Attendance
16.Hourly/Item Link v

0.00
4. Select “15. Time & Attendance” and press the  key.

4-1-15-1 Programming time & attendance (general)
Operation
Time & Attendance

Time & Attendance
1.General
2.Job Code
3.Employee&Scedule

0.00
5. Select “1. General” and press the  key.
General
Time & Attendance control
Weekly
Weekly work time
40:00
Weekly work time for minor
25:00
Work time includes break hours
NO
Rounding minute of work time
Non
Allow employee report Z with
employees clocked-in
NO
Enable clerk to sign on after
clock-in
YES

0.00
6. Select an appropriate record and choose options.
7. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.
Field Meanings:
1. Time&Attendance control:
Weekly, Bi-weekly
2. Rounding minute of work time:
Non, 10 min., 15 min., 20 min., 30 min.

P-72

4-1-15-2 Programming time & attendance (job code)
Operation
Time & Attendance

Time & Attendance
1.General
2.Job Code
3.Employee&Scedule

0.00
5. Select “2. Job Code” and press the  key.
Time & Attendance
Job Code
1.Cook
2.Cashier
3.Dish wash
4.Floor cleaning
5.JOB#05
6.JOB#06
7.JOB#07
8.JOB#08

v

0.00
6. Select an appropriate job code and press the  key.
Memory No
1
Descriptor
Cook
Pay Rate
Over Time Pay Ratio
Tip Declaration Compulsory

9999.99
99.99
NO

0.00
7. Select an appropriate record to enter the character or number
and press the  key, or choose option.

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-73

Program 3
4-1-15-3 Programming time & attendance (employee & schedule)
Operation
Time & Attendance

Time & Attendance
1.General
2.Job Code
3.Employee&Scedule

0.00
5. Select “3. Employee&Schedule” and press the  key.
Time & Attendance
Employee&Schedule
1.Sean Harrison
2.Oliver Clapton
3.Richard Baker
4.Geia Peabody
5.Tyler Johnson
6.EMP#06
7.EMP#07
8.EMP#08

v

0.00

6. Select an appropriate employee file, and press the 
key.

Memory No
1
Employee No.
123456
Descriptor
Sean Harrioson
Social Security No.
1234567890
Job Code(1)
Cook
Job Code(2)
Casier
Job Code(3)
Dish wash
Job Code(4)
-------Allow to Specify Job Code
when Clocking-in
NO
Allow to Clock-in with NonPreset Job Code
NOv

Memory No
1
Job Code(3)
Dish wash
^
Job Code(4)
-------Allow to Specify Job Code
when Clocking-in
NO
Allow to Clock-in with NonPreset Job Code
NO
Display Job Code Window
when Clocking-in
NO
Minor Employee
YES
Ignore schedule setting
NO
Cashier/Clerk Name
Harrison

0.00

0.00

7. Select an appropriate record to enter the character or choose
options.
8. Press the  key to assign schedule mode.
Field Meanings:
Employee No.:
Descriptor:
Social Security No.:
Job Code (1)~(4):
Cashier/Clerk Name:

P-74

Put in the numeric number (0 ~ 999999). When you put “0” at the
beginning of the number, these numbers are not recognized.
Put the specific character within 16-digits from the leftmost side.
Put in the numeric number (0 ~ 9999999999). When you put “0”
at the beginning of the number, these numbers are recognized.
Choose an item from the pulldown menu.
Choose an employee from the character pulldow menu.

Time & Attendance
Schedule
1.Monday
2.Tuesday
3.Wednesday
4.Thursday
5.Friday
6.Saturday
7.Sunday

0.00
9. Select an appropriate day, and press the  key.
Sean Harrison
Shift(1)
Start Time
End Time
Break Time
Grace Before
Grace After
Grace Before
Grace After
Shift(2)
Start Time
End Time

Monday
Cook
08:00
10:00
00:15
10
00
00
15

Start
Start
End
End
Waiter

14:30
17:00 v

0.00
10. Select an appropriate record to enter the appropriate job and
time.

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-75

Program 3
4-1-16 Programming hourly item link
Operation
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
9.Tax Table
^
10.Void Table
11.System Connection
12.I/O Parameter
13.Printer Connection
14.Time Zone
15.Time & Attendance
16.Hourly/Item Link v

0.00
4. Select “16. Hourly/Item Link” and press the  key.

Hourly/Item Link
Hourly/Item
1.Time Zone
2.Time Zone
3.Time Zone
4.Time Zone
5.Time Zone
6.Time Zone
7.Time Zone
8.Time Zone

Link
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8) v

0.00
5. Select an appropriate record, and press the  key.

0001-031
0002-031
0003-031
0004-031
0005-031
0006-031
0007-031
0008-031
0009-031
0010-031
0011-031

Time Zone (1)
0001-001 GROSS
0002-001 NET
0003-001 CAID
0007-001 CHID
0011-001 CKID
0015-001 CRID

0.00

P-76

6. Select an appropriate record, and choose the items from PLU,
subdepartment, department, function, fixed totalizer, group,
and void reason.
• You can input the items directly from PLU, subdepartment,
department and free function. The PLU#, S-DEPT#, DEPT#,
and LIST# keys are possible to use.
• If you want to delete the item, move the cursor on an
appropriate item, and then press the  key. All items
below the cursor will be deleted. If you press , the
pulldown menu will appear to select an item.
7. Press the  key to go to the next menu.

4-1-17 Programming IDC link
Operation
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
10.Void Table
^
11.System Connection
12.I/O Parameter
13.Printer Connection
14.Time Zone
15.Time & Attendance
16.Hourly/Item Link
17.IDC Link

0.00
4. Select “17. IDC Link” and press the  key.
IDC Link
1.IDC
2.IDC
3.IDC
4.IDC
5.IDC
6.IDC
7.IDC
8.IDC

IDC Link
Link (0001)
Link (0002)
Link (0003)
Link (0004)
Link (0005)
Link (0006)
Link (0007)
Link (0008)

v

0.00
5. Select an appropriate record, and press the  key.
IDC Link (0001)
0001-804 0001-004 PLU0001
Store File
Store Data

IDC(1)
Whole Transaction

0.00

6. Select an appropriate item and press the  key to choose
an option.
7. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

Field Meanings:
1. Item code:
• Choose an item from the pulldown menu of each file as below.
PLU, Sub-Department, Department, Free Function, Pull Down Group
Clerk
If you choose Clerk, then whole transaction is stored regardless “Store Data”
option.
• You can input the items directly from PLU, Subdepartment, Department and Free
Function. The PLU#, S-DEPT#, DEPT#, and LIST# keys are possible to use.
• To clear the record, enter “0” and then press the  key.
2. Store File:
Specify the option for the Store File.
No., IDC(1), IDC(2), IDC(3)
3. Store Data:
Specify the option for the store file.
Item only, Whole Transaction

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-77

Program 3
4-1-18 Programming Euro
Operation
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
11.System Connection ^
12.I/O Parameter
13.Printer Connection
14.Time Zone
15.Time & Attendance
16.Hourly/Item Link
17.IDC Link
18.EURO (Sub Currency v

0.00
4. Select “18. EURO (sub currency ” and press the  key.

EURO (Sub Currency) Preset
EURO (sub) addmode
0
Quit this menu if changed.
LOCAL(main) > EURO(sub) Rate
0.01
EURO(sub) Rate Rounding
Round off
EURO(sub) > LOCAL(main) Rate
100
LOCAL(main) Rate Rounding
Round off
Print receipt EURO(sub) TL
NO
Print receipt EURO(sub) TAX
NO
Print receipt EURO(sub) Fin
NO
Print receipt EURO(sub) CG
NO
Print report EURO(sub) Amount
NOv

0.00

EURO (Sub Currency) Preset
EURO(sub) Rate Rounding
Round
EURO(sub) > LOCAL(main) Rate
LOCAL(main) Rate Rounding
Round
Print receipt EURO(sub) TL
Print receipt EURO(sub) TAX
Print receipt EURO(sub) Fin
Print receipt EURO(sub) CG
Print report EURO(sub) Amount
EURO(sub) Drawer number
Open drawer immediately
Change is EURO(sub)

off^
100
off
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
0
NO

0.00
5. Select the field you want to change and press the /
 key or enter the numeric value and press the 
key.
6. After programming, you should press the  key to
return to the previous menu.

Field Meanings:
1. EURO (sub) add mode:
Monetary mode of the currency (0 ~ 3)
Note: If you changed this value, just terminate this program and re-enter, in case of
modifying some values in this menu.
2. Rate: 6 digits, 0.00001 ~ 999999
3. Rate rounding: Round off/Cut off/Round up
4. Drawer number: Main = 0, 1/Sub (option) = 2

P-78

4-1-19 Programming auto program control
This program restricts the broadcasting feature after programming.
Operation
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
12.I/O Parameter
^
13.Printer Connection
14.Time Zone
15.Time & Attendance
16.Hourly/Item Link
17.IDC Link
18.EURO (Sub Currency
19.Auto Pgm Control

0.00
4. Select “19. Auto Pgm control” and press the  key.
Auto Pgm control
0001-905
0002-905
0003-905
0004-905

0902
0999
0000
0000

01
01
00
00

0.00
5. Select an appropriate record, and enter the program code.
6. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.
Worksheet for Auto program control

Description
File No.

Choice
Significant
numbers

Broadcast this file (designated by D6 ~ D3) only.

No = 0
Yes = 1

Ignore to receive this file (designated by D6 ~ D3).

No = 0
Yes = 1

QT-2100 Programming Manual

Program code

::::
D6 D5 D4 D3

:
D2

:
D1

P-79

Program 3
4-2. Programming clerks
Preparation:
P3 C01

10-10-01 12:34

000000

1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
2. Press  to assign Program 3 mode.

PGM-3
1.Machine Feature
2.Clerk
3.Key Feature

0.00
3. Select “2. Clerk” and press the  key.

4-2-1

Programming clerk features
Operation
Clerk
Clerk
1.Clerk Feature
2.Operation
3.Commission Rate
4.Table Range
5.Range
6.Clerk Detail
7.Clerk Key ID

0.00
4. Select “1. Clerk Feature” and press the  key.
Clerk Feature
Clerk Feature
1.C01
2.C02
3.C03
4.C04
5.C05
6.C06
7.C07
8.C08

v

0.00
5. Select an appropriate clerk and press the  key.

P-80

Memory No. 1
Descriptor
C01
Secret number
1
Check No. for Clerk Interrupt
1
Drawer number
0
Type of operator
Cashier
Treat as trainee
NO
Allow clerk to open check No.
belonging to another clerks
NO
Prohibit clerk to sign on
NO
Clerk sign off when receipt is
issued
YESv

Memory No. 1
Secret number
1^
Check No for Clerk Interrupt
0
Drawer number
0
Type of operator
Cashier
Treat as Trainee
NO
Allow clerk to open check No.
belonging to another clerks
NO
Prohibit clerk to sign on
NO
Clerk sign off when receipt is
issued
YES
Void operation
Current only

0.00

0.00
6. Select an appropriate record and choose options.
7. After programming, press the  key to return to the
previous menu.

Field meaning
1. Type of operator:
Choose “Cashier/Clerk/Manager.”
2. Void operation:
Choose “Current only/Complete void/Not allowed.”
3. Descriptor (16 digits)
4. Secret code (1 ~ 9999)
5. Check number for clerk interrupt (1 ~ 999999)
6. Drawer number (1 ~ 2)

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-81

Program 3
4-2-2

Programming operation
Preparation
Clerk
Clerk
1.Clerk Feature
2.Operation
3.Commission Rate
4.Table Range
5.Range
6.Cashier Detail
7.Clerk Key ID

0.00
4. Select “2. Operation” and press the  key.

4-2-2-1 Programming clerk control
Operation
Operation
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift / 2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function 1
5.Allowed function 2
6.Allowed function 3
7.Allowed function 4
8.Allowed function 5v

0.00
5. Select “1. Clerk Control” and press the  key.
Clerk Control
Clerk Feature
1.C01
2.C02
3.C03
4.C04
5.C05
6.C06
7.C07
8.C08

v

0.00
6. Select an appropriate clerk and press the  key.
Memory No. 1
Check No. Compulsory
Table No. Compulsory
No. of Covers Compulsory
GST RCT Compulsory(Finalize)
GST RCT Compulsory(NB)
Slip Automatic Batch Print
Compulsory(Finalize)
SLIP Automatic Batch Print
Compulsory(NB)
Seat Number Compulsory
Eat-in/Take-out Compulsory

NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO

0.00
7. Select an appropriate record and choose options.
8. After programming, press the  key to return to the
previous menu.

P-82

4-2-2-2 Programming menu shift/2nd@
Operation
Operation
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift/2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function
5.Allowed function
6.Allowed function
7.Allowed function
8.Allowed function

1
2
3
4
5v

0.00
5. Select “2. Menu Shift/2nd@” and press the  key.
Menu Shift / 2nd@
Clerk Feature
1.C01
2.C02
3.C03
4.C04
5.C05
6.C06
7.C07
8.C08

v

0.00
6. Select an appropriate clerk and press the  key.
Memory No. 1
Allow to operate 1st Menu
Allow to operate 2nd Menu
Allow to operate 3rd Menu
Allow to operate 4th Menu
Allow to operate 5th Menu
Allow to operate 6th Menu
Allow to operate 7th Menu
Allow to operate 8th Menu
Shift PLU after sign on
Menu shift after sign on
Price shift after sign on

YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
0
0
0v

0.00

Memory No. 1
Allow to operate 3rd Menu
Allow to operate 4th Menu
Allow to operate 5th Menu
Allow to operate 6th Menu
Allow to operate 7th Menu
Allow to operate 8th Menu
Shift PLU after sign on
Menu shift after sign on
Price shift after sign on
Menu shift
Price shift

YES^
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
0
0
0
Status
Status

0.00
7. Select an appropriate record and choose options.
8. After programming, press the  key to return to the
previous menu.

Field meaning
1. Allow to operate 1st ~ 8th Menu:
Allow/Prohibit to register by n-th (n = 1 ~ 8) Menu.
2. Shift PLU after sign on: (1 ~ 8)
Menu shift after sign on: (1 ~ 8)
Price shift after sign on: (1 ~ 2)
Default menu sheet No. or @ menu sheet No. after signing on.
3. Menu shift status/stay down:
Price shift status/stay down:
Not maintain/Maintain menu sheet No./@ menu sheet No. after item registration.

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-83

Program 3
4-2-2-3 Programming mode control
Operation
Operation
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift/2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function
5.Allowed function
6.Allowed function
7.Allowed function
8.Allowed function

1
2
3
4
5v

0.00
5. Select “3. Mode Control” and press the  key.
Mode Control
Clerk Feature
1.C01
2.C02
3.C03
4.C04
5.C05
6.C06
7.C07
8.C08

v

0.00
6. Select an appropriate clerk and press the  key.
Memory No. 1
Allow to operate
Allow to operate
Allow to operate
Allow to operate
Allow to operate
Allow to operate
Allow to operate
Allow to operate
Allow to operate
Allow to operate
Allow to operate

REG Mode
RF Mode
REG- Mode
PGM1 Mode
PGM2 Mode
PGM3 Mode
PGM4 Mode
PGM5 Mode
PGM6 Mode
X/Z Mode
Manager Mode

YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YESv

Memory No. 1
Allow to operate PGM2 Mode
Allow to operate PGM3 Mode
Allow to operate PGM4 Mode
Allow to operate PGM5 Mode
Allow to operate PGM6 Mode
Allow to operate X/Z Mode
Allow to operate Manager Mode
Allow to operate Inline Mode
Allow to operate AutoPGM
Allow to operate CF C0ard
Default mode after sign on

0.00

YES^
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
REG

0.00
7. Select an appropriate record and choose options.
8. After programming, press the  key to return to the
previous menu.

Field meaning
1. Allow to operate Auto PGM (inline):
Allow to download/upload program.

P-84

4-2-2-4 Programming function control 1
Operation
Operation
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift/2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function
5.Allowed function
6.Allowed function
7.Allowed function
8.Allowed function

1
2
3
4
5v

0.00
5. Select “4. Allowed function 1” and press the  key.
Allowed Function 1
Clerk Feature
1.C01
2.C02
3.C03
4.C04
5.C05
6.C06
7.C07
8.C08

v

0.00
6. Select an appropriate clerk and press the  key.
Memory No. 1
Cash
Charge
Check
Credit
New Balance
Price Inquiry
Stock Inquiry
Operate Character Recall
Character Print
Check Print
Clerk Transfer

YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YESv

Memory No. 1
Table Transfer
Tip
Normal Receipt
Loan
Received on Account
Paid Out
Pick Up
Coupon
Deposit
Minus
% Minus

0.00

YES^
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YESv

0.00

Memory No. 1
Received on Account
Paid Out
Pick Up
Coupon
Deposit
Minus
% Minus
Plus
% Plus
Refund
Coupon2

YES^
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES

0.00

7. Select an appropriate record and press the /
key.
8. After programming, press the  key to return to the
previous menu.

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-85

Program 3
4-2-2-5 Programming function control 2
Operation
Operation
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift/2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function
5.Allowed function
6.Allowed function
7.Allowed function
8.Allowed function

1
2
3
4
5v

0.00
5. Select “5. Allowed function 2” and press the  key.
Allowed Function 2
Clerk Feature
1.C01
2.C02
3.C03
4.C04
5.C05
6.C06
7.C07
8.C08

v

0.00
6. Select an appropriate clerk and press the  key.
Memory No. 1
Validation
Receipt
Check Endorsement
#
#/Non Sales
Non Sales
Number of Covers
Arrangement
Currency Exchange
VAT
Bill Copy

YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YESv

0.00

Memory No. 1
SLIP Back Feed/Release
SLIP Print
SLIP Feed/Release
T/S
Table Number
Money Declaration (not used)
Tax Exempt
Menu Shift
Shift PLU
LC Open
Preset Open

YES^
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YESv

0.00

Memory No. 1
SLIP Feed/Release
T/S
Table Number
Money Declaration
Tax Exempt
Menu Shift
Shift PLU
LC Open
Preset Open
1st unit price shift
2nd unit price shift

YES^
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES

0.00

7. Select an appropriate record and press the /
key.
8. After programming, press the  key to return to the
previous menu.

P-86

4-2-2-6 Programming function control 3
Operation
Operation
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift/2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function
5.Allowed function
6.Allowed function
7.Allowed function
8.Allowed function

1
2
3
4
5v

0.00
5. Select “6. Allowed function 3” and press the  key.
Allowed Function 3
Clerk Feature
1.C01
2.C02
3.C03
4.C04
5.C05
6.C06
7.C07
8.C08

v

0.00
6. Select an appropriate clerk and press the  key.
Memory No. 1
Operator X/Z
Tray Total
Subtotal
Receipt on/off
TAST
Operator Number
MDST
X
X/For
X/XX
X/XXX

YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YESv

0.00

Memory No. 1
X
X/For
X/XX
X/XXX
Ketten Bon
Selective Item ST
New Check
Old Check
New/Old Check
Add Check
Separate Check

YES^
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES

0.00

7. Select an appropriate record and press the /
key.
8. After programming, press the  key to return to the
previous menu.

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-87

Program 3
4-2-2-7 Programming function control 4
Operation
Operation
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift/2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function
5.Allowed function
6.Allowed function
7.Allowed function
8.Allowed function

1
2
3
4
5v

0.00
5. Select “7. Allowed function 4” and press the  key.
Allowed Function 4
Clerk Feature
1.C01
2.C02
3.C03
4.C04
5.C05
6.C06
7.C07
8.C08

v

0.00
6. Select an appropriate clerk and press the  key.
Memory No. 1
Substitution
House Bon
Operator Open Check
Media Change
Seat Number
Display On/Off
REG Mode
X/Z Mode
PGM Mode
Post Entry
Round Repeat

YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YESv

0.00

Memory No. 1
Eat-in
Take-out
Store
Recall
Dutch Account
Reverse Display
E-Journal Display
Home Position
Display Mode Change
All Void (Current only)
All Void (Complete Void)

YES^
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES

0.00

7. Select an appropriate record and press the /
key.
8. After programming, press the  key to return to the
previous menu.

P-88

4-2-2-8 Programming function control 5
Operation
Operation
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift/2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function
5.Allowed function
6.Allowed function
7.Allowed function
8.Allowed function

1
2
3
4
5v

0.00
5. Select “8. Allowed function 5” and press the  key.
Allowed Function 5
Clerk Feature
1.C01
2.C02
3.C03
4.C04
5.C05
6.C06
7.C07
8.C08

v

0.00
6. Select an appropriate clerk and press the  key.
Record No. 1
Price
PLU Number
Sub Department Number
Department Number
List Number
Touch PLU
Touch Department
Touch Sub Department
Touch List

YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES

0.00
7. Select an appropriate record and press the /
key.
8. After programming, press the  key to return to the
previous menu.

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-89

Program 3
4-2-2-9 Programming arrangement control
Operation
Operation
Operation
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function
5.Allowed function
6.Allowed function
7.Allowed function
8.Allowed function
9.Arrangement
10.Report

^
1
2
3
4
5

0.00
5. Select “9. Arrangement” and press the  key.
Arrangement
Clerk Feature
1.C01
2.C02
3.C03
4.C04
5.C05
6.C06
7.C07
8.C08

v

0.00
6. Select an appropriate clerk and press the  key.
Memory No. 1
ARG GP(1) Opration
ARG GP(2) Opration
ARG GP(3) Opration
ARG GP(4) Opration
ARG GP(5) Opration

YES
YES
YES
YES
YES

0.00
7. Select an appropriate record and press the /
key.
8. After programming, press the  key to return to the
previous menu.

P-90

4-2-2-10 Programming X/Z report control
Operation
Operation
Operation
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function
5.Allowed function
6.Allowed function
7.Allowed function
8.Allowed function
9.Arrangement
10.Report

^
1
2
3
4
5

0.00
5. Select “10. Report” and press the  key.
Report
Clerk Feature
1.C01
2.C02
3.C03
4.C04
5.C05
6.C06
7.C07
8.C08

v

0.00
6. Select an appropriate clerk and press the  key.
Memory No. 1
Daily X
Daily Z
Periodic(1) X
Periodic(1) Z
Periodic(2) X
Periodic(2) Z
Batch X/Z(1)
Batch X/Z(2)
Batch X/Z(3)
Batch X/Z(4)
Batch X/Z(5)

YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YESv

Memory No. 1
Batch X/Z(6)
Batch X/Z(7)
Batch X/Z(8)
Batch X/Z(9)
Batch X/Z(10)
Operator X
Operator Z
Individual totalizer X/Z
Individual X/Z (Key direct)
Individual X/Z (Others)
Employee X/Z

0.00

YES^
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YESv

0.00

Memory No. 1
Batch X/Z(7)
Batch X/Z(8)
Batch X/Z(9)
Batch X/Z(10)
Operator X
Operator Z
Individual totalizer X/Z
Individual X/Z (Key direct)
Individual X/Z (Others)
Employee X/Z
Employee Edit

YES^
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES

0.00

7. Select an appropriate record and press the /
key.
8. After programming, press the  key to return to the
previous menu.

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-91

Program 3
4-2-3

Programming commission rate
Operation
Clerk
Clerk
1.Clerk Feature
2.Operation
3.Commission Rate
4.Table Range
5.Range
6.Cashier Detail
7.Clerk Key ID

0.00
4. Select “3. Commission Rate” and press the  key.
Commission Rate
Clerk Feature
1.C01
2.C02
3.C03
4.C04
5.C05
6.C06
7.C07
8.C08

v

0.00
5. Select an appropriate clerk and press the  key.
Memory No. 1
Commission Rate(1)
Commission Rate(2)

0.00
0.00

0.00
7. Select an appropriate record and enter value (0 ~ 99.99), and
then press the  key.
8. After programming, press the  key to return to the
previous menu.

P-92

4-2-4

Programming table range
Operation
Clerk
Clerk
1.Clerk Feature
2.Operation
3.Commission Rate
4.Table Range
5.Range
6.Cashier Detail
7.Clerk Key ID

0.00
4. Select “4. Table Range” and press the  key.
Table Range
Clerk Feature
1.C01
2.C02
3.C03
4.C04
5.C05
6.C06
7.C07
8.C08

v

0.00
5. Select an appropriate clerk and press the  key.
Memory No. 1
Start Table Range
End Table Range

0
0

0.00
7. Select an appropriate record and enter values (0 ~ 999999),
and then press the  key.
8. After programming, press the  key to return to the
previous menu.

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-93

Program 3
4-2-5

Programming clerk by range
Preparation
Clerk
Clerk
1.Clerk Feature
2.Operation
3.Commission Rate
4.Table Range
5.Range
6.Cashier Detail
7.Clerk Key ID

0.00
4. Select “5. Range” and press the  key.

4-2-5-1 Programming clerk control by range
Operation
Range
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift / 2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function 1
5.Allowed function 2
6.Allowed function 3
7.Allowed function 4
8.Allowed function 5 v

0.00
5. Select “1. Clerk Control” and press the  key.
Clerk Control
Check No. Compulsory
Table No. Compulsory
No. of Covers Compulsory
GST RCT Compulsory(Finalize)
GST RCT Compulsory(NB)
Slip Automatic Batch Print
Compulsory(Finalize)
SLIP Automatic Batch Print
Compulsory(NB)
Seat Number Compulsory
Eat-in/Take-out

NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO

0.00

6. Select an appropriate record and choose options.
7. After programming, press the  key to proceed to the
next step.

Clerk Control

Clerk Control

Enter Start range
End range
OK?

0
0
YES

Enter Start range
End range
OK?

0.00

1
123
YES

0.00
8. Enter the start range No. and press the  key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the  key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)
9. Press the  key.
10. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

P-94

4-2-5-2 Programming menu shift/2nd@ by range
Operation
Range
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift/2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function
5.Allowed function
6.Allowed function
7.Allowed function
8.Allowed function

1
2
3
4
5 v

0.00
5. Select “2. Menu Shift / 2nd@” and press the  key.
Menu Shift / 2nd@
Allow to operate 1st Menu
Allow to operate 2nd Menu
Allow to operate 3rd Menu
Allow to operate 4th Menu
Allow to operate 5th Menu
Allow to operate 6th Menu
Allow to operate 7th Menu
Allow to operate 8th Menu
Shift PLU after sign on
Menu shift after sign on
Price shift after sign on

YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
0
0
0v

Menu Shift / 2nd@
Allow to operate 3rd Menu
Allow to operate 4th Menu
Allow to operate 5th Menu
Allow to operate 6th Menu
Allow to operate 7th Menu
Allow to operate 8th Menu
Shift PLU after sign on
Menu shift after sign on
Price shift after sign on
Menu shift
Price shift

0.00

YES^
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
0
0
0
Status
Status

0.00

6. Select an appropriate record and choose options.
7. After programming, press the  key to proceed to the
next step.
Menu Shift / 2nd@

Enter Start range
End range
OK?

Menu Shift / 2nd@

0
0
YES

Enter Start range
End range
OK?

0.00

1
99
YES

0.00
8. Enter the start range No. and press the  key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the  key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)
9. Press the  key.
10. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-95

Program 3
4-2-5-3 Programming mode control by range
Operation
Range
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift/2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function
5.Allowed function
6.Allowed function
7.Allowed function
8.Allowed function

1
2
3
4
5 v

0.00
5. Select “3. Mode Control” and press the  key.

Allow
Allow
Allow
Allow
Allow
Allow
Allow
Allow
Allow
Allow
Allow

to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to

Mode Control
operate REG Mode
operate RF Mode
operate REG- Mode
operate PGM1 Mode
operate PGM2 Mode
operate PGM3 Mode
operate PGM4 Mode
operate PGM5 Mode
operate PGM6 Mode
operate X/Z Mode
operate Manager Mode

YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YESv

Mode Control
Allow to operate PGM2 Mode
Allow to operate PGM3 Mode
Allow to operate PGM4 Mode
Allow to operate PGM5 Mode
Allow to operate PGM6 Mode
Allow to operate X/Z Mode
Allow to operate Manager Mode
Allow to operate Inline Mode
Allow to operate AutoPGM
Allow to operate CF Card
Default mode after sign on

0.00

YES^
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
REG

0.00
6. Select an appropriate record and choose options.
7. After programming, press the  key to proceed to the
next step.

Mode Control

Mode Control

Enter Start range
End range
OK?

0
0
YES

Enter Start range
End range
OK?

0.00

1
99
YES

0.00

8. Enter the start range No. and press the  key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the  key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)
9. Press the  key.
10. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

P-96

4-2-5-4 Programming function control 1 by range
Operation
Range
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift/2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function
5.Allowed function
6.Allowed function
7.Allowed function
8.Allowed function

1
2
3
4
5 v

0.00
5. Select “4. Allowed function 1” and press the  key.

Allowed function 1
Cash
Charge
Check
Credit
New Balance
Price Inquiry
Stock Inquiry
Operate Character Recall
Character Print
Check Print
Clerk Transfer

YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YESv

Allowed function 1
Table Transfer
Tip
Normal Receipt
Loan
Received on Account
Paid Out
Pick Up
Coupon
Deposit
Minus
% Minus

0.00

YES^
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YESv

Allowed function 1
Received on Account
Paid Out
Pick Up
Coupon
Deposit
Minus
% Minus
Plus
% Plus
Refund
Coupon2

0.00

YES^
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES

0.00

6. Select an appropriate record and press the /
key.
7. After programming, press the  key to proceed to the
next step.
Allowed function 1

Enter Start range
End range
OK?

Allowed function 1

0
0
YES

Enter Start range
End range
OK?

0.00

1
99
YES

0.00

8. Enter the start range No. and press the  key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the  key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)
9. Press the  key.
10. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-97

Program 3
4-2-5-5 Programming function control 2 by range
Operation
Range
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift/2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function
5.Allowed function
6.Allowed function
7.Allowed function
8.Allowed function

1
2
3
4
5 v

0.00
5. Select “5. Allowed function 2” and press the  key.

Allowed function 2
Validation
Receipt
Check Endorsement
#
#/Non Sales
Non Sales
Number of Covers
Arrangement
Currency Exchange
VAT
Bill Copy

YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YESv

Allowed function 2
SLIP Back Feed/Release
SLIP Print
SLIP Feed/Release
T/S
Table Number
Money Declaration
Tax Exempt
Menu Shift
Shift PLU
LC Open
Preset Open

0.00

YES^
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YESv

Allowed function 2
T/S
Table Number
Money Declaration
Tax Exempt
Menu Shift
Shift PLU
LC Open
Preset Open
1st unit price shift
2nd unit price shift
Clerk Number

0.00

YES^
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES

0.00

6. Select an appropriate record and press the /
key.
7. After programming, press the  key to proceed to the
next step.
Allowed function 2

Enter Start range
End range
OK?

Allowed function 2

0
0
YES

Enter Start range
End range
OK?

0.00

1
123
YES

0.00

8. Enter the start range No. and press the  key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the  key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)
9. Press the  key.
10. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

P-98

4-2-5-6 Programming function control 3 by range
Operation
Range
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift/2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function
5.Allowed function
6.Allowed function
7.Allowed function
8.Allowed function

1
2
3
4
5 v

0.00
5. Select “6. Allowed function 3” and press the  key.
Allowed function 3
Operator X/Z
Tray Total
Subtotal
Receipt on/off
TAST
Operator Number
MDST
X
X/For
X/XX
X/XXX

YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YESv

Allowed function 3
X/XX
X/XXX
Ketten Bon
Selective Item ST
New Check
Old Check
New/Old Check
Add Check
Separate Check
Clock-in/out
Break-in/out

0.00

YES^
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES

0.00
6. Select an appropriate record and press the /
key.
7. After programming, press the  key to proceed to the
next step.

Allowed function 3

Enter Start range
End range
OK?

Allowed function 3

0
0
YES

Enter Start range
End range
OK?

0.00

1
123
YES

0.00

8. Enter the start range No. and press the  key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the  key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)
9. Press the  key.
10. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-99

Program 3
4-2-5-7 Programming function control 4 by range
Operation
Range
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift/2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function
5.Allowed function
6.Allowed function
7.Allowed function
8.Allowed function

1
2
3
4
5 v

0.00
5. Select “7. Allowed function 4” and press the  key.

Allowed function 4
Substitution
House Bon
Operator Open Check
Media Change
Seat Number
Display On/Off
REG Mode
X/Z Mode
PGM Mode
Post Entry
Round Repeat

YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YESv

0.00

Allowed function 4
Eat-in
Take-out
Store
Recall
Dutch Account
Reverse Display
E-Journal Display
Home Position
Display Mode Change
All Void (Current only)
All Void (Complete Void)
0.00

YES^
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES

6. Select an appropriate record and press the /
key.
7. After programming, press the  key to proceed to the
next step.
Allowed function 4

Enter Start range
End range
OK?

Allowed function 4

0
0
YES

Enter Start range
End range
OK?

0.00

1
123
YES

0.00

8. Enter the start range No. and press the  key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the  key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)
9. Press the  key.
10. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

P-100

4-2-5-8 Programming function control 5 by range
Operation
Range
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift/2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function
5.Allowed function
6.Allowed function
7.Allowed function
8.Allowed function

1
2
3
4
5 v

0.00
5. Select “8. Allowed function 5” and press the  key.
Allowed function 5
Price
PLU Number
Sub Department Number
Department Number
List Number
Touch PLU
Touch Department
Touch Sub Department
Touch List

YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES

0.00
6. Select an appropriate record and press the /
key.
7. After programming, press the  key to proceed to the
next step.
Allowed function 5

Enter Start range
End range
OK?

Allowed function 5

0
0

Enter Start range
End range
OK?

YES

0.00

1
123
YES

0.00

8. Enter the start range No. and press the  key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the  key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)
9. Press the  key.
10. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-101

Program 3
4-2-5-9 Programming arrangement control by range
Operation
Range
Operation
5.Allowed function
6.Allowed function
7.Allowed function
8.Allowed function
9.Arrangement
10.Report
11.Commission Rate
12.Table Range

2^
3
4
5

0.00
5. Select “9. Arrangement” and press the  key.
ARG
ARG
ARG
ARG
ARG

GP(1)
GP(2)
GP(3)
GP(4)
GP(5)

Arrangement
Opration
Opration
Opration
Opration
Opration

YES
YES
YES
YES
YES

0.00
6. Select an appropriate record and press the /
key.
7. After programming, press the  key to proceed to the
next step.
Arrangement

Arrangement

Enter Start range
End range
OK?

0
0
YES

Enter Start range
End range
OK?

0.00

1
123
YES

0.00

8. Enter the start range No. and press the  key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the  key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)
9. Press the  key.
10. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

P-102

4-2-5-10 Programming X/Z report control by range
Operation
Range
Operation
5.Allowed function
6.Allowed function
7.Allowed function
8.Allowed function
9.Arrangement
10.Report
11.Commission Rate
12.Table Range

2^
3
4
5

0.00
5. Select “10. Report” and press the  key.
Report
Daily X
Daily Z
Periodic(1) X
Periodic(1) Z
Periodic(2) X
Periodic(2) Z
Batch X/Z(1)
Batch X/Z(2)
Batch X/Z(3)
Batch X/Z(4)
Batch X/Z(5)

YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YESv

Report
Batch X/Z(6)
Batch X/Z(7)
Batch X/Z(8)
Batch X/Z(9)
Batch X/Z(10)
Operator X
Operator Z
Individual totalizer X/Z
Individual X/Z (Key direct)
Individual X/Z (Others)
Employee X/Z

YES^
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YESv

0.00

Report
Batch X/Z(7)
Batch X/Z(8)
Batch X/Z(9)
Batch X/Z(10)
Operator X
Operator Z
Individual totalizer X/Z
Individual X/Z (Key direct)
Individual X/Z (Others)
Employee X/Z
Employee Edit

0.00

YES^
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES

0.00

6. Select an appropriate record and press the /
key.
7. After programming, press the  key to proceed to the
next step.
Report

Report

Enter Start range
End range
OK?

0
0
YES

Enter Start range
End range
OK?

0.00

1
123
YES

0.00

8. Enter the start range No. and press the  key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the  key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)
9. Press the  key.
10. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-103

Program 3
4-2-5-11 Programming commission rate by range
Operation
Range
Operation
5.Allowed function
6.Allowed function
7.Allowed function
8.Allowed function
9.Arrangement
10.Report
11.Commission Rate
12.Table Range

2^
3
4
5

0.00
5. Select “11. Commission Rate” and press the  key.

Commission Rate
Commission Rate(1)
Commission Rate(2)

0.00
0.00

0.00

6. Select an appropriate record, enter the rate and press the
 key.
7. After programming, press the  key to proceed to the
next step.

Commission Rate

Enter Start range
End range
OK?

Commission Rate

0
0

Enter Start range
End range
OK?

YES

0.00

1
123
YES

0.00

8. Enter the start range No. and press the  key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the  key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)
9. Press the  key.
10. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

P-104

4-2-5-12 Programming table range by range
Operation
Range
Operation
5.Allowed function
6.Allowed function
7.Allowed function
8.Allowed function
9.Arrangement
10.Report
11.Commission Rate
12.Table Range

2^
3
4
5

0.00
5. Select “12. Table Range” and press the  key.
Table Range
Start Table Range
End Table Range

0
0

0.00
6. Select an appropriate record, enter the range and press the
 key.
7. After programming, press the  key to proceed to the
next step.
Table Range

Table Range

Enter Start range
End range
OK?

0
0

Enter Start range
End range
OK?

YES

0.00

1
99
YES

0.00

8. Enter the start range No. and press the  key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the  key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)
9. Press the  key.
10. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-105

Program 3
4-2-6

Programming clerk detail
Operation
Clerk
Clerk
1.Clerk Feature
2.Operation
3.Commission Rate
4.Table Range
5.Range
6.Clerk Detail
7.Clerk Key ID

0.00
4. Select “6. Clerk Detail” and press the  key.
Addition/Modification
0001-030
0002-030
0003-030
0004-030
0005-030
0006-030
0007-030
0008-030
0009-030
0010-030

Clerk
0001-001
0002-001
0003-001
0001-006
0005-006
0001-002

Detail
GROSS
NET
CAID
GRP001
PLU001
CASH

0.00

7. Select a record you want to add an item or modify the item and
press the  key.

Clerk Detail
Item
1.Fixed Totalizer
2.Free Function
3.PLU
4.Sub-Department
5.Dept
6.Group
7.Void Table

0.00
8. Select a file which you want to program.
Clerk Detail
Fixed Totalizer
1.GROSS
2.NET
3.CAID
4.CATL
5.CA+
6.CA7.CHID
8.CHTL

v

0.00
9. Select a record which you want to program.
10. Repeat step 7 to 9, until completing this pulldown group item
program.
11. Press  key to terminate the program and return to the
previous menu.

P-106

Deletion
0001-030
0002-030
0003-030
0004-030
0005-030
0006-030
0007-030
0008-030
0009-030
0010-030

Clerk
0001-001
0002-001
0003-001
0001-006
0005-006
0001-002

Detail
GROSS
NET
CAID
GRP001
PLU001
CASH

0.00

6. Select the smallest record you want to delete the item(s) and
press the  key.

Clerk Detail
Memory No. 01-10 Delete OK? Yes

0.00
7. Press the  key.
8. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

4-2-7

Programming clerk key ID
Operation
Clerk
Clerk
1.Clerk Feature
2.Operation
3.Commission Rate
4.Table Range
5.Range
6.Cashier Detail
7.Clerk Key ID

0.00
4. Select “7. Clerk Key ID” and press the  key.
1234567890AB
ABCDEFGHIJKL

Clerk Key ID
C01
GLENN DEAL

0.00

Clerk Key ID
Clerk
1.(Key ID reset)
2.C01
3.GLENN DEAL
4.C03
5.C04
6.C05
7.C06
8.C07

v

0.00
5. Contact the clerk key to the clerk key switch, and press the
 key.
6. Select the appropriate clerk.
7. Repeat step 5 to 6, until completing this procedure.
8. Press  key to terminate the program and return to the
previous menu.

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-107

Program 3
4-3. Programming key features
Preparation:
P3 C01

10-10-01 12:34

000000

1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
2. Press  to assign Program 3 mode.

PGM-3
1.Machine Feature
2.Clerk
3.Key Feature

0.00
3. Select “3. Key Feature” and press the  key.

4-3-1

Programming PLU features
Operation
Key Feature
Key Feature
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.Individual PGM
7.Function Key
8.Shift PLU

v

0.00
4. Select “1.PLU” and press the  key.
Key Feature
PLU
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.PLU0003
4.PLU0004
5.PLU0005
6.PLU0006
7.PLU0007
8.PLU0008

v

0.00

Memory No.
1
Use Random Code
Descriptor
PLU0001
Price
Receipt type
Item type
Group Link
Dept Link
Sub-Dept Link
Taxable status
Commission
Selective item

123456
0.00
Normal Item
Normal Item
---------------------Non Tax
None
Nonev

0.00

P-108

5. Select an appropriate item directly, by entering record No. or
by entering PLU No. and press the  key.

Record No.
1
Order color
Order Printer #1
Order Printer #2
Order Printer #3
Order Printer #4
Order Printer #5
Order Printer #6
Order Printer #7
Order char Link
Number of Bon
Unit stock

Black^
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
-------0
0.000v

0.00

Memory No.
1
Minimum Stock
Set Menu Table
List Link #1
List Link #2
List Link #3
List Link #4
Open PLU
Zero Unit Price
Negative Price
Hash Item
Full hash item

0.000^
0
----------------------------NO
NO
NO
NO
NOv

0.00

Memory No.
1
List Link #4
Open PLU
Zero Unit Price
Negative Price
Hash Item
Full hash item
High Amount Limit
Low Digit Limit
Multiple VLD
Use main Item Amt Only
Use Premium Item of Set

--------^
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
0.00
0
N Repeat
NO
NO

0.00

6. Select an appropriate record and press the / key
or enter the numeric value and press the  key.
7. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Receipt type:
You can choose “Normal Item” or “Single Item.”
2. Item type:
You can choose “Normal item”, “Condiment” or “Preparation.”
3. Order color:
You can choose “Black” or “Red”. (for UP-350, “Black” means “Normal” and “Red”
“Reverse”.
4. Order Printer #1 ~ #7:
These numbers are defined in the printer definition table
5. Random code: 000001 - 999999, Descriptor: 0-24 character, Number of Bon: 1 - 9,
Minimum stock: 0.001 - 99.999, Unit stock: 0.001 - 99.999,
High amount limit: 0 - 999999, Low digit limit: 0, 1 - 7

Note:
If you want to delete the program in the group link, dept link, sub-dept link, list link field, order
character link, enter “0” and press the  key.

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-109

Program 3
4-3-2

Programming PLU 2nd@ features
Operation
Key Feature
Key Feature
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.Individual PGM
7.Function Key
8.Shift PLU

v

0.00
4. Select “2. PLU 2nd@” and press the  key.
Key Feature
PLU 2nd@
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.PLU0003
4.PLU0004
5.PLU0005
6.PLU0006
7.PLU0007
8.PLU0008

v

0.00

5. Select an appropriate item directly, by entering record No. or
by entering PLU No. and press the  key.

Memory No.
1
Random Code
0
Descriptor PLU0001
Qty
0.00
Price
0.00
Group Link
-------Dept Link
-------Sub-Dept Link
-------Taxable status
Non Tax
Unit Stock
0.000
Zero Unit Price
NO

0.00
6. Select an appropriate record and press the / key
or enter the numeric value and press the  key.
7. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Qty: 0.00 - 9999.99, Descriptor: 0 - 24 character, Price: 0 - 999999,
Unit stock: 0.001 - 99.999

P-110

4-3-3

Programming subdepartment features
Operation
Key Feature
Key Feature
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.Individual PGM
7.Function Key
8.Shift PLU

v

0.00
4. Select “3. Sub-Department” and press the  key.
Key Feature

Sub-Department
1.SUBDEPT01
2.SUBDEPT02
3.SUBDEPT03
4.SUBDEPT04

0.00

Memory No.
1
Descriptor
Price
Receipt Type
Group Link
Dept Link
Taxable status
Commission
Selective item
Order color
Order Printer #1
Order Printer #2

SUBDEPT01
0.00
Normal Item
--------------Non Tax
None
None
Black
NO
NOv

5. Select an appropriate item directly or by entering record No.
and press the  key.

Memory No.
1
Order Printer #3
Order Printer #4
Order Printer #5
Order Printer #6
Order Printer #7
Order Char Link
Number of Bon
List Link #1
List Link #2
List Link #3
List Link #4

0.00

NO^
NO
NO
NO
NO
-------0
-----------------------------v

Memory No.
1
List Link #1
List Link #2
List Link #3
List Link #4
Zero Unit Price
Negative Price
Hash Item
Full hash item
High Amount Limit
Low Digit Limit
Multiple VLD

0.00

--------^
---------------------NO
NO
NO
NO
0.00
0
N Repeat

0.00

6. Select an appropriate record and press the / key
or enter the numeric value and press the  key.
7. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Descriptor: 0 - 24 character, Price: 0 - 999999, Number of Bon: 1 - 9,
High amount limit: 0 - 999999, Low digit limit: 0, 1 - 7

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-111

Program 3
4-3-4

Programming department features
Operation
Key Feature
Key Feature
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.Individual PGM
7.Function Key
8.Shift PLU

v

0.00
4. Select “4. Department” and press the  key.
Key Feature

Department
1.DEPT01
2.DEPT02
3.DEPT03
4.DEPT04

0.00

Memory No.
1
Descriptor
Price
Receipt Type
Group Link
Taxable status
Commission
Selective item
Order color
Order Printer #1
Order Printer #2
Order Printer #3

DEPT01
0.00
Normal Item
-------Non Tax
None
None
Black
NO
NO
NOv

0.00

5. Select an appropriate item directly or by entering record No.
and press the  key.

Memory No.
1
Order Printer #4
Order Printer #5
Order Printer #6
Order Printer #7
Order Char Link
Number of Bon
List Link #1
List Link #1
List Link #1
List Link #1
Zero Unit Price

NO^
NO
NO
NO
-------0
----------------------------NOv

Memory No.
1
List Link #1
List Link #2
List Link #3
List Link #4
Zero Unit Price
Negative Price
Hash Item
Full hash item
High Amount Limit
Low Digit Limit
Multiple VLD

0.00

--------^
---------------------NO
NO
NO
NO
0.00
0
N Repeat

0.00

6. Select an appropriate record and press the / key
or enter the numeric value and press the  key.
7. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Descriptor: 0 - 24 character, Price: 0 - 999999, Number of Bon: 1 - 9,
High amount limit: 0 - 999999, Low digit limit: 0, 1 - 7

P-112

4-3-5

Programming by range
Operation
Key Feature
Key Feature
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.Individual PGM
7.Function Key
8.Shift PLU

v

0.00
4. Select “5. Range” and press the  key.
Select the subject you want to program
Range

Range

Range
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Deparment

Range
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Deparment

0.00

Range

0.00

Range

Range
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Deparment

Range
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Deparment

0.00

0.00

5. Select
“1. PLU/2. PLU 2nd@/3. Sub-Department/4. Department”
and press the  key.

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-113

Program 3
4-3-5-1 General procedure of PLU, PLU 2nd@, subdepartment, department by range
PLU
Range
1.Receipt type
2.Item Type
3.Group Link
4.Dept Link
5.Sub-Dept link
6.Taxable status
7.Commission
8.Selective item

v

0.00
6. Select an appropriate job (refer to the next page) and press the
 key.
Receipt Type
Receipt Type

Normal Item

Enter Start range
End range
OK?

0
0
YES

0.00
7. Select an appropriate type and press the  key.
Receipt Type
Receipt Type

Normal Item

Enter Start range
End range
OK?

1
0
YES

0.00

8. Enter the start range No. and press the  key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the  key.)
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)

Receipt Type
Receipt Type

Normal Item

Enter Start range
End range
OK?

1
50
YES

0.00
9. Press the  key.
10. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

P-114

4-3-5-2 Programming hierarchy of programming title
PLU
1. Receipt Type
2. Item Type
3. Group Link
4. Dept Link
5. Sub-Dept Link
6. Taxable Status
7. Commission
8. Selective item
9. Order color
10. Order Printer #1
11. Order Printer #2
12. Order Printer #3
13. Order Printer #4
14. Order Printer #5
15. Order Printer #6
16. Order Printer #7
17. Order Char Link
18. Number of Bon
19. Unit Stock
20. Minimum Stock
21. Set Menu Table
22. List Link #1
23. List Link #2
24. List Link #3
25. List Link #4
26. Open PLU
27. Zero Unit Price
28. Negative Price
29. Hash Item
30. Full hash item
31. High Amount Limit
32. Low Digit Limit
33. Multiple VLD
34. Use main item amt only
35. Use premium item of set

PLU 2nd@

1. Group Link
2. Dept Link
3. Sub-Dept Link
4. Taxable Status

Sub-Dept
1. Receipt Type

Dept
1. Receipt Type

2. Group Link
3. Dept Link

2. Group Link

4. Taxable Status
5. Commission
6. Selective item
7. Order color
8. Order Printer #1
9. Order Printer #2
10. Order Printer #3
11. Order Printer #4
12. Order Printer #5
13. Order Printer #6
14. Order Printer #7
15. Order Char Link
16. Number of Bon

3. Taxable Status
4. Commission
5. Selective item
6. Order color
7. Order Printer #1
8. Order Printer #2
9. Order Printer #3
10. Order Printer #4
11. Order Printer #5
12. Order Printer #6
13. Order Printer #7
14. Order Char Link
15. Number of Bon

17. List Link #1
18. List Link #2
19. List Link #3
20. List Link #4

16. List Link #1
17. List Link #2
18. List Link #3
19. List Link #4

21. Zero Unit Price
22. Negative Price
23. Hash Item
24. Full hash item
25. High Amount Limit
26. Low Digit Limit
27. Multiple VLD

20. Zero Unit Price
21. Negative Price
22. Hash Item
23. Full hash item
24. High Amount Limit
25. Low Digit Limit
26. Multiple VLD

5. Unit Stock

6. Zero Unit Price

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-115

Program 3
4-3-6

Programming individual program
Operation
Key Feature
Key Feature
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.Individual PGM
7.Function Key
8.Shift PLU

v

0.00
4. Select “6. Individual PGM” and press the  key.
Select a job you want to program
5. Select jobs listed below.
Individual PGM
Individual PGM
1.Receipt Type
2.Item Type
3.Group Link
4.Dept Link
5.Sub-Dept Link
6.Taxable status
7.Commission
8.Selective item

v

0.00

Individual PGM
Receipt Type

Normal Item

Enter PLU No or
touch keys.

0.00

1. Receipt Type
2. Item Type
3. Group Link
4. Dept Link
5. Sub-Dept Link
6. Taxable status
7. Commission
8. Selective item
9. Order color
10. Order Print #1
11. Order Print #2
12. Order Print #3
13. Order Print #4
14. Order Print #5
15. Order Print #6
16. Order Print #7
17. Order Char Link
18. Number of Bon: 0 - 9
and press the  key.

19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.

Unit Stock: 0.001 - 99.9999
Minimum Stock: 0.001 - 99.9999
Set Menu table
List Link #1
List Link #2
List Link #3
List Link #4
Open PLU
Zero Unit Price
Negative Price
Hash Item
Full hash item
High Amount Limit: 0 - 999999
Low Digit Limit: 0, 1 - 7
Multiple VLD
Use main item amt
Use premium item 0

6. Select an appropriate record and press the / key
or enter the numeric value and press the  key.
Receipt Type
PLU0001
PLU0002
PLU0003

Normal Item
0001-004
0002-004
0003-004

0.00
7. Enter PLU Nos. or press keys you want to program.
8. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

P-116

4-3-7

Programming key function program
Operation
Key Feature
Key Feature
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.Individual PGM
7.Function Key
8.Shift PLU

v

0.00
4. Select “7. Function Key” and press the  key.
Function Key
Cash
Charge
Check
RC
PD
%%+
Subtotal
Void

000000000000
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000

0.00
Key descriptor

5. Enter program code (refer to the worksheet on the following
pages) and press the function key.
6. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

NOTE: Press an appropriate function key without number entry on the keyboard, it shows
current setting.

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-117

Program 3
4-3-7-1 Worksheet for cash, charge, credit and check
Description
Allowable number of validation printing (“0” means no limitation)
*1 *3 *4

Choice
Significant
number (0 ~9)

Force validation operation. *1 *3 *4

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Print check number barcode on receipt.

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Restriction (to 00, 25, 50, 75) on last two digits for amount
tendered (Only for  in Danish rounding)

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

:
D11

:

(a+b+c)
D10

;

Always “0”

D9

Force batch slip printing. *1 *4

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Force check endorsement printing (Only for ). *3 *4

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Force check printing (Only for ). *3 *4

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

Prohibit entry of a partial payment

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Prohibit the entry of the amount tendered.

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Force entry of the amount tendered.

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

Print VAT breakdown. *1 *2

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Check cashing commission (Only for ) *3
1 Use an amount
2 Use a rate

b

Amount = 0
Rate = 2

Validation amount *3
1 Print subtotal amount

c

Subtotal = 0
Tender = 4

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

2 Print amount tendered

No change due is made in tendering operation.
Issue receipt while check tracking/clerk interrupt.

High amount limit specification for subtotal and tendering
amounts. *3

b

Yes = 0
No = 2
Maximum
value (0 ~ 9)
Number of
zeros (0 ~ 9)
Maximum
value (0 ~ 9)

High amount limit specification for change amount due.

*1

Program code

Number of
zeros (0 ~ 9)

:
(a+b+c)
D8

:
(a+b+c)
D7

:
(a+b+c)
D6

:
(a+b)
D5

::
D4 D3

::
D2 D1

Those are valid options for AUTO CASH as well.
Those are valid options for Single item as well.
*3
Those are valid options for Cashing a check as well.
*4
Those are valid options for Currency exchange (include partial tender) as well.
*2

P-118

4-3-7-2 Worksheet for new balance
Description
Allowable number of validation printing (“0” means no limitation)
Force validation operation.
Print check number barcode on receipt.

a
b

Choice
Significant
number (0 ~9)
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2

:
D11

:

(a+b)
D10

;

Always “0”

D9

Force batch slip printing.
Open drawer when the key is pressed.

a
b

No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2

:
(a+b)
D8

;

Always “0”

D7
a

Print VAT breakdown.
Service charge
1 Use an amount

Program code

2 Use a rate

Issue receipt while check tracking/clerk interrupt.
Always “0000”

QT-2100 Programming Manual

b

No = 0
Yes = 1
Amount = 0
Rate = 2
Yes = 0
No = 2

:
(a+b)
D6

:
D5

;;;;
D4 D3 D2 D1

P-119

Program 3
4-3-7-3 Worksheet for text print, text recall
Description
Start record number of displaying “TEXT RECALL WINDOW”
(“00” means “01”.)

Choice
Significant
numbers

Allow clerk or mode change after the “text recall” key
depression. (effective only for “text recall” key)

Yes = 0
No = 1

Print characters to sales receipt printer.

Yes = 0
No = 2
Significant
number

Order character record No. (01 ~ 99)
(“00” clears programming)
Printing color (effective only for order)

a

Black = 0
Red = 1

Display/print with quantity.

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Staydown “TEXT RECALL WINDOW”
(effective only for “text recall” key)

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

Print characters to order printer 1.

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Print characters to order printer 2.

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Print characters to order printer 3.

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

Print characters to order printer 4.

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Print characters to order printer 5.

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Print characters to order printer 6.

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

Print characters to order printer 7.

P-120

No = 0
Yes = 1

Program code

::
D9 D8

:
D7

::
D6 D5

:

(a+b+c)
D4

:
(a+b+c)
D3

:
(a+b+c)
D2

:
D1

4-3-7-4 Worksheet for check print
Description

Choice
Significant
number

Number of back feed lines before printing (0 ~ 9)

Program code

:
D7

;;;;;;

Always “000000”

D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1

4-3-7-5 Worksheet for clerk transfer
Description
Clerk number
1 Memory number

Choice
1=0
2=1

2 Clerk secret number

Program code

:
D7

;;;;;;

Always “000000”

D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1

4-3-7-6 Worksheet for table transfer
Description

Choice

Allow to add checks while table transferring.

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Transfer the customer number.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Transfer only total amounts. (ST transfer)

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

Auto check transfer

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Receipt is issued, even if the receipt switch is off.
Print receipt.

b

No = 0
Yes = 2
Yes = 0
No = 2

Program code

:

(a+b+c)
D7

:

(a+b)
D6

:
D5

;;;;

Always “0000”

D4 D3 D2 D1

4-3-7-7 Worksheet for tip
Description
Multiple validation
If “No”, only one validation printing is possible.)

Choice
Yes = 0
No = 4

Program code

:
D11

Always “0000”

;;;;

Always “000”

;;;

High digit limitation (HDL) for manually entered unit price
(“9” means NOT allow manual entry)
Always “00”

QT-2100 Programming Manual

D10 D9 D8 D7
D6 D5 D4
Significant
number

:
D3

;;
D2 D1

P-121

Program 3
4-3-7-8 Worksheet for loan, pick up
Description
Allowable number of validation printing (“0” means no limitation)
Force validation operation. (only effective after receipt issuance)

Choice
Significant
number (0 ~9)
No = 0
Yes = 1

Program code

:
D11

:
D10

;;;;;

Always “00000”

D9 D8 D7 D6 D5
Maximum
value (0 ~ 9)

High amount limit specification for entering amounts
Number of
zeros (0 ~ 9)

::
D4 D3

;;

Always “00”

D2 D1

4-3-7-9 Worksheet for received on account, paid out
Description
Allowable number of validation printing (“0” means no limitation)
Force validation operation.

Choice
Significant
number (0 ~9)
No = 0
Yes = 1

Program code

:
D11

:
D10

;;;;;

Always “00000”

D9 D8 D7 D6 D5
Maximum
value (0 ~ 9)

High amount limit specification for entering amounts
Number of
zeros (0 ~ 9)

::
D4 D3

;

Always “0”

D2

Enter numbers after registration.

P-122

No = 0
Yes = 1

:
D1

4-3-7-10 Worksheet for plus, minus, coupon
Description

Choice

Multiple validation
(If “No”, only one validation printing is possible.)

Yes = 0
No = 4

Program code

:
D11

;

Always “0”

D10
U.S., Singapore:
Taxable status 1

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Taxable status 2

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Taxable status 3

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

Canada:
Taxable 1 = 01, Taxable 2 = 02, Taxable 3 = 03, Taxable 4 = 04
Taxable 1 & 2 = 05, Taxable 1 & 3 = 06,Taxable 1 & 4 = 07
All taxable = 08, Non taxable = 00

Significant
numbers

Other area:
Taxable status 01 ~ 10 (“00” means Non-tax)

Significant
numbers
Yes = 1
No = 0

Allow credit balance. (–, CPN only)

Allow key operation after item registration.

Commission 2
Always “0”

QT-2100 Programming Manual

::
D9 D8

:
D7
D6 D5

a
b

High digit limitation (HDL) for manually entered unit price
(“9” means NOT allow manual entry.)
Commission 1

(a+b+c)
D9 D8

;;

Always “00”
Allow key operation after .

;:

Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 4
Significant
number

a
b

No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2

:

(a+b)
D4

:
D3

:

(a+b)
D2

;
D1

P-123

Program 3
4-3-7-11 Worksheet for deposit+, deposit–
Description

Choice
a

Force validation operation.
Multiple validation (If “No”, only one validation is possible.)

b

No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 4

Program code

:

(a+b)
D10

;;

Always “00”

D9 D8
DEPO+ = 0
DEPO– = 1

Key attribution

No = 0
Yes = 2

Open cash drawer.
Media definition:
Cash = 0, charge = 1, check = 2, credit = 3

Significant
number
Maximum
value (0 ~ 9)

High amount limit specification for entering amounts
Number of
zeros (0 ~ 9)

:
D7

:
D6

:
D5

::
D4 D3

;;

Always “00”

D2 D1

4-3-7-12 Worksheet for void
Description

Program code

Item delete (When “No” is selected, only a line can be deleted.)

Choice
Yes = 1
No = 0

Select void reason.

Yes = 4
No = 0

:

Choice
Significant
number

Program code

:
D2
D1

4-3-7-13 Worksheet for check endorsement
Description
Line number of auto-back feed before printing (0 ~ 9)
Always “000000”

P-124

:
D7

;;;;;;
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1

4-3-7-14 Worksheet for discount, premium
Description

Choice

Multiple validation
(If “No”, only one validation printing is possible.)

Yes = 0
No = 4

Program code

:
D11

;

Always “0”

D10
U.S., Singapore:
Taxable status 1

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Taxable status 2

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Taxable status 3

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

Canada:
Taxable 1 = 01, Taxable 2 = 02, Taxable 3 = 03, Taxable 4 = 04
Taxable 1 & 2 = 05, Taxable 1 & 3 = 06,Taxable 1 & 4 = 07
All taxable = 08, Non taxable = 00

Significant
numbers

Other area:
Taxable status 01 ~ 10 (“00” means Non-tax)

Significant
numbers

Allow manual override.
All taxable

a
b

Rounding:
Round off = 0, cut off = 1, round up = 2
Allow key operation after .
Allow key operation after item registration.

b

Commission 2
Always “0”

QT-2100 Programming Manual

D9 D8

:

Yes = 4
No = 0

Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 4

:
D6

:
D5

:

(a+b)
D4

;

Always “0”
Commission 1

::

(a+b)
D7

Significant
number
a

(a+b+c)
D9 D8

Yes = 0
No = 2

Yes = 0
No = 1

Allow key operation after .

;:

D3

a
b

No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2

:

(a+b)
D2

;
D1

P-125

Program 3
4-3-7-15 Worksheet for receipt
Description
Maximum number of post receipts (0 ~ 9)
(“0” means 1 post receipt.)

Choice
Significant
number

D12
D11 D10 D9 D8

a

1=0
2=2

Print current time on guest receipt.

b

Yes = 4
No = 0

Clear finalized check.

a

No = 1
Yes = 0

Issue post receipt after clerk interrupt/check tracking

:
;;;;

Always “0000”
Form of post receipt and guest receipt:
1 Print out, 2 Display

Program code

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

:
(a+b)
D7

:
(a+b)
D6

;;

Always “00”

D5 D4

Issue guest receipt to order printer n (n = 1 ~ 7).
(“0” means issuing to R/J.)

Significant
number

:

Line number of guest bottom message (00 ~ 10):
(“00” means no bottom message.)

Significant
number

::

Choice
Yes = 1
No = 0

Program code

Order character record number (00 ~ 99):
(“00” means no setting.)

Significant
number

::

Order printing color

Red = 1
Black = 0

:

D3
D2 D1

4-3-7-16 Worksheet for non-add, non-add/NS
Description
Allow mode change or clerk change after non add registration as
first transaction. (only for non-add function)

Print out to Order printer#1.

a

Yes = 1
No = 0

Print out to Order printer#2.

b

Yes = 2
No = 0

Print out to Order printer#3.

c

Yes = 4
No = 0

Print out to Order printer#4.

a

Yes = 1
No = 0

Print out to Order printer#5.

b

Yes = 2
No = 0

Print out to Order printer#6.

c

Yes = 4
No = 0

Print out to Order printer#7.

P-126

Yes = 1
No = 0

:
D7
D6 D5
D4

:
(a+b+c)
D3

:
(a+b+c)
D2

:
D1

4-3-7-17 Worksheet for customer
Description
Input method:
Allow replacement = 0, Prohibit replacement = 1,
Add enter value = 2

Choice
Significant
number

Program code

:
D7

;;;;;;

Always “000000”

D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1

4-3-7-18 Worksheet for arrangement
Description
Enable operation in REG mode.

a

Choice
Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable operation in REF mode.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable operation in REG– mode.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Enable operation in PGM1 mode.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable operation in PGM2 mode.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable operation in PGM3 mode.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Enable operation in PGM4 mode.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable operation in PGM5 mode.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable operation in PGM6 mode.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Enable operation in Auto PGM to CF card mode

a

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable operation in Auto PGM mode.

b

Yes = 0
No = 4

Enable operation in X/Z mode.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable operation in Manager mode.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable operation in Collection/Consolidation mode.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Arrangement file number

Significant
numbers

Arrangement table number

Significant
numbers

QT-2100 Programming Manual

Program code

:

(a+b+c)
D12

:

(a+b+c)
D11

:

(a+b+c)
D10

:
(a+b)
D9

:
(a+b+c)
D8

:::
D7 D6 D5

::::
D4 D3 D2 D1

P-127

Program 3
4-3-7-19 Worksheet for currency exchange
Description

Program code

Define amount symbol. (1 ~ 4)

Choice
Significant
number

Define foreign currency totalizer. (1 ~ 3)

Significant
number

:

Rounding:
Round off = 0, cut off = 1, round up = 2

Significant
number

:

:
D7
D6
D5

;

Always “0”

D4

Significant
number

Monetary mode (0 ~ 2):
º00 = 2, º0 = 1, 0 = 0
Monetary symbol for decimal
Monetary symbol for separator

a

Decimal = 0
Comma = 1

b

Comma = 0
Decimal = 4

Assigning drawer number (0 ~ 2)
(“0” means drawer 1.)

Significant
number

:
D3

:
(a+b)
D3

:
D1

4-3-7-20 Worksheet for slip
Description
Force slip batch printing from the beginning of the transaction. a
(If “No”, controlled by general function.)

Choice
No = 0
Yes = 1

Print current time on slip.
b
(This option works only at batch print with whole transaction.)

No = 0
Yes = 4

Clear finalized check.

Yes = 0
No = 1

Program code

:

(a+b)
D7

:
D6

;;;;

Always “0000”

D5 D4 D3 D2

Print Euro total line.

Yes = 0
No = 1

:

Choice
Significant
number

Program code

D1

4-3-7-21 Worksheet for T/S, TAST
Description
Taxable status (00, 01 ~ 10)
(“00” means taxable 1.)

P-128

::
D9 D8

Always “000”

;;;

Always “0000”

;;;;

D7 D6 D5
D4 D3 D2 D1

4-3-7-22 Worksheet for open
Description

Choice
No = 0
Yes = 1

Release high amount limit

Program code

:
D7

;;;;;;

Always “000000”

D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1

4-3-7-23 Worksheet for open 2
Description

Choice

Release customer number compulsory.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Release table number compulsory.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Release check number compulsory.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Release credit balance error. (If “Yes”, you can finalize the
transaction even if the subtotal is negative.)

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Release guest receipt compulsory.

b

Yes = 0
No = 4

Release validation compulsory.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Release check endorsement compulsory.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Release check print compulsory.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Release slip auto batch print compulsory.

a

Yes = 0
No = 2

Program code

:

(a+b+c)
D7

:

(a+b)
D6

:
(a+b+c)
D5

:
(a+b)
D4

Release slip manual batch print compulsory.

b

Yes = 0
No = 4

Release  stay down compulsory (Min/Max No.).

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

:
(a+b)
D3

Release seat number compulsory.

b

Yes = 0
No = 4

Release tip declaration compulsory.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

:

Yes = 0
No = 2

(a+b)
D2

Release eat-in/take-out compulsory.
Always “0”

QT-2100 Programming Manual

b

;
D1

P-129

Program 3
4-3-7-24 Worksheet for clerk number
Description
Clerk secret number (0000 ~ 9999)
(“0000” means no secret number.)

Choice
Significant
numbers

Program code

::::
D4 D3 D2 D1

4-3-7-25 Worksheet for operator X/Z
Description
1 Issue stand-alone report./2 Issue consolidation report.
1 Print report./2 Display report.

a
b

Choice
1=0
2=1

Program code

1=0
2=2

(a+b)
D7

:

;;;;;;

Always “000000”

D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1

4-3-7-26 Worksheet for subtotal, merchandise subtotal
Description

Choice
Yes = 0
No = 4

Multiple validation
(If “No”, only one validation printing is possible.)

P-130

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Include add-on tax amount. (ST only)

a

Yes = 0
No = 2

b

Yes = 4
No = 0

Always “0000”

D11

D10 D9 D8 D7

Display subtotal in Euro (sub currency)
and local (main) currency in turn. (ST 0nly)

Print when key is pressed.

:
;;;;

Always “0000”
Display subtotal in Euro (sub currency) (ST only)

Program code

:
(a+b)
D6

:
(a+b)
D5

;;;;
D4 D3 D2 D1

4-3-7-27 Worksheet for cancel
Description
A range of cancellation:
1Complete cancellation, 2Current receipt only
Correct set menu/pulldown link while it is registered.

a
b

Choice
2=0
1=1

Program code

:
(a+b)
D1

No = 0
Yes = 2

4-3-7-28 Worksheet for multiplication, quantity/for, square, cube, Ketten Bon
Description
Multiplication procedure: (Ketten Bon and  only)
1 Quantity × Amount, 2 Amount × Quantity
Rounding:
Round off = 0, cut off = 1, round up = 2

Choice
1=0
2=1
Significant
number

Program code

:
D6

:
D5

;;;;

Always “0000”

D4 D3 D2 D1

4-3-7-29 Worksheet for selective item subtotal
Description
Selective item status (0, 1, 2):
Selective item 1 = 0/1, selective item 2 = 2

Choice
Significant
number

Program code

:
D11

Always “00000”

;;;;;

Always “00000”

;;;;;

D10 D9 D8 D7 D6
D5 D4 D3 D2 D1

4-3-7-30 Worksheet for open check
Description
Display report./Print report

Choice
Display = 2
Print = 0

Program code

:
D7

;;;;;;

Always “000000”

D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1

4-3-7-31 Worksheet for list
Description

Program code

Record No. of linking pulldown menu group (4).

Choice
Significant
numbers

Record No. of linking pulldown menu group (3).

Significant
numbers

:::

Record No. of linking pulldown menu group (2).

Significant
numbers

:::

Record No. of linking pulldown menu group (1).

Significant
numbers

:::

QT-2100 Programming Manual

:::
D12 D11 D10
D9 D8 D7
D6 D5 D4
D3 D2 D1

P-131

Program 3
4-3-7-32 Worksheet for tax exempt
Description
U.S., Singapore:
Exempt tax 1

a

Choice
No = 1
Yes = 0

Exempt tax 2

b

No = 2
Yes = 0

c

No = 4
Yes = 0

Exempt tax 3
Canada:
Exempt all = 00
Exempt tax 1 = 01, Exempt tax 2 = 02, Exempt tax 3 = 03,
Exempt tax 4 = 04, Exempt tax 1 & 2 = 05,
Exempt tax 1 & 3 = 06, Exempt tax 1 & 4 = 07

Significant
numbers

Other area:
Exempt all = 00, Exempt tax 1 ~ 10 = 01 ~ 10

Significant
number

Program code

;:
(a+b+c)
D9 D8

::
D9 D8

Always “0000”

;;;;

Always “000”

;;;

D7 D6 D5 D4
D3 D2 D1

4-3-7-33 Worksheet for clock-in/clock-out
Description
The purpose of uses:
Use both clock-in and clock-out = 0
Use only clock-in = 1
Use only clock-out = 2
Print when clock-in or clock-out keys are pressed.

Choice

Program code

Significant
numbers

:

Yes = 0
No = 1

:

D2

D1

4-3-7-34 Worksheet for break-in/break-out
Description
The propose of uses:
Use both break-in and break-out = 0
Use only break-in = 1
Use only break-out =2
Always “0”

Choice
Significant
numbers

Program code

:
D2

;
D1

P-132

4-3-7-35 Worksheet for eat-in/take-out
Description

Program code

a

Choice
No = 1
Yes = 0

Exempt tax 2

b

No = 2
Yes = 0

;:

Exempt tax 3

c

No = 4
Yes = 0

U.S., Singapore:
Exempt tax 1

Canada:
Exempt all = 00
Exempt tax 1 = 01, Exempt tax 2 = 02, Exempt tax 3 = 03,
Exempt tax 4 = 04, Exempt tax 1 & 2 = 05,
Exempt tax 1 & 3 = 06, Exempt tax 1 & 4 = 07

Significant
number

Other area:
Exempt all = 00, Exempt tax 1 ~ 10 = 01 ~ 10

Significant
numbers

(a+b+c)
D9 D8

::
D9 D8

;;

Always “00”

D7 D6
Not print = 0
Print = 4

Print when the key is pressed.

:
D5

;;;;

Always “0000”

D4 D3 D2 D1

4-3-7-36 Worksheet for store
Description

Program code

Print VAT breakdown.

Choice
No = 0
Yes = 1

Print receipt.

Yes = 0
No = 2

:

:
D6
D5

;;;;

Always “0000”

D4 D3 D2 D1

4-3-7-37 Worksheet for new check, new/old check
Description

Choice
No = 0
Yes = 1

Enable auto check assignment

Program code

:
D7

;;;;;;

Always “000000”

D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1

4-3-7-38 Worksheet for round repeat
Description
Perform new balance after round repeat.
Include plus/minus, premium/discount result to round
repeat amount

QT-2100 Programming Manual

a
b

Choice
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2

Program code

:

(a+b)
D1

P-133

Program 3
4-3-7-39 Worksheet for shift PLU
Description
Shift:
1 Status, 2 Staydown
Define assigning shift PLU number. (0, 1 ~ 8)
(“0” is treated as “1”.)

Choice
1=0
2=1

Program code

Significant
number

:

Choice
1=0
2=1

Program code

Choice
No = 0
Yes = 1

Program code

Choice
Significant
numbers

Program code

Choice
No = 0
Yes = 1

Program code

Choice
No = 0
Yes = 1

Program code

:
D2
D1

4-3-7-40 Worksheet for receipt on/off
Description
Receipt off (only effective for SA-3015, “00” for other printer)
1 Both receipt and journal off, 2 Receipt only

:
D1

4-3-7-41 Worksheet for old check
Description
Enable to open the finalized check.

:
D1

4-3-7-42 Worksheet for Dutch account
Description
Maximum customer numbers for one Dutch account
(“00” is treated as “99”.)

::
D2 D1

4-3-7-43 Worksheet for tray total
Description
Accumulate “Tray total” to the key totalizer, whenever the
 key is pressed twice.

:
D1

4-3-7-44 Worksheet for recall
Description
Enable to open the closed check.

P-134

:
D1

4-3-8

Programming shift PLU program
Operation
Key Feature
Key Feature
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.Individual PGM
7.Function Key
8.Shift PLU

v

0.00
4. Select “8. Shift PLU” and press the  key.
Key Feature
Shift PLU
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.PLU0005
4.PLU0004
5.PLU0005
6.PLU0006
7.PLU0007
8.PLU0008

v

0.00
Memory No.
2nd Price
3rd Price
4th Price
5th Price
6th Price
7th Price
8th Price

5. Select an appropriate item directly, by entering record No. or
by entering PLU No. and press the  key.

1
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

0.00
6. Select an appropriate price and enter the unit price.
7. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-135

Program 3
4-3-9

Programming scanning PLU link program
Operation
Key Feature
Key Feature
2.PLU 2nd@
^
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.Individual PGM
7.Function Key
8.Shift PLU
9.Scanning PLU link

0.00
4. Select “9. Scanning PLU link” and press the  key.
Scanning PLU link

Scanning PLU link
1.Append/Mod PLU
2.Delete PLU

0.00

5. If you append a new PLU or modify an existing PLU, select
“Append/Mod PLU”. If you delete an existing PLU, select
“Delete PLU”.

Add/modify PLU
Append/Mod PLU

Please scan the code

0.00

PLU CODE 4912345678903
Use Random code
Descriptor
PLU0001
Price
Receipt type
Item type
Group Link
Dept Link
Sub-Dept Link
Taxable status
Commission
Selective item

6. Scanning the barcode or enter the PLU code and press the
.
After this step, the PLU programming menu is shown.
Refer to the “Programming PLU features”.
123456
0.00
Normal Item
Normal Item
---------------------Non Tax
None
Nonev

0.00

P-136

Delete PLU
Delete PLU

Please scan the code

0.00
6. Scanning the barcode or enter the PLU code and press the
.
After this step, go to the step 5 automatically.

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-137

Program 3

P-138

5. Program 2 ............................................................................... P-140
5-1. Character programming ......................................................................... P-140
5-1-1
5-1-2
5-1-3

Character programming keyboard .............................................................. P-140
Inputting characters by code ....................................................................... P-142
After completing to input characters ........................................................... P-142

5-2. Programming item descriptors ............................................................... P-143
5-2-1
5-2-2
5-2-3
5-2-4
5-2-5
5-2-6
5-2-7

Programming PLU item descriptors ............................................................
Programming PLU 2nd unit price descriptors .............................................
Programming subdepartment descriptors ...................................................
Programming department descriptors.........................................................
Programming PLU/subdepartment/department descriptors by range.........
Copying PLU descriptors to PLU 2nd unit price..........................................
Programming function key descriptors........................................................

P-143
P-144
P-144
P-145
P-146
P-147
P-148

5-3. Programming characters and messages ............................................... P-149
5-3-1
5-3-2
5-3-3
5-3-4
5-3-5
5-3-6
5-3-7
5-3-8
5-3-9

Programming receipt message, slip message and guest receipt message
Programming text recall message ..............................................................
Programming order character link...............................................................
Programming fixed totalizer descriptors......................................................
Programming group character ....................................................................
Programming special characters ................................................................
Programming report headers ......................................................................
Programming endorsement message .........................................................
Programming GT character ........................................................................

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-149
P-150
P-150
P-151
P-152
P-152
P-154
P-155
P-155

P-139

Program 2
5. Program 2
5-1. Character programming
There are two methods you can use to input characters: using a character programming
keyboard (menu sheet) for direct input, or using character codes to specify the characters.

5-1-1

Character programming keyboard
When you enter the Program 2 mode, the keyboard becomes a character programming
keyboard (shown below).
Â

Ô
â

Á
À
Ä

Ö
ä

1
Q

W
q

A

S

Z

R

E

F

D
s

X

V

C

z

x

CAP

SHIFT

c

N

B
v

b

j
m

DEL DELETE

ABC
_ → AC

DOUBLE
DBL
LETTER

a

→A

CAP CAPITAL A a
LETTER

→ A

small
letter

→ a

SHIFT

P-140

A

A

a

PAGE
UP

NO
HOME
YES

PAGE
DOWN

`

\

~
•
¥

DEL

DBL
ESC/
SKIP

C
AB_ → A_B

}

"

?
INS

INS INSERT

]

'

/
>

+

{

:

l
.

<

[

;

L

=
_

p

o

k
,

M
n

)

P

O
i

K

J

0
(

*

u

h

g

_
'

¤
9

I

U

H

G
f

d

&

y

t

8

7

Y

T
r

e

>>
¢

õ

^

%

±

¬
<<

Õ

6

5
$

#

w

a

4

3
@

¡
ß

y˜

ñ

ë

º

ª

Y˜

Ñ

Ë

¿

ÿ

ã

æ

è

ï

ü

2
!

Ï

Ü
ö

Ã

Æ

È

ƒ

£
ø

å

é

ì

ù

Å

É

Ì

Ù
ò

Ø
ç

ê

í

ú

Ò
à

Í

Ú
ó

Ç

Ê
î

û

Ó
á

Î

Û
ô

7

8

9

4

5

6

#-2

1

2

3

#-1

0

A

B

Character programming keyboard (Menu sheet)
The character programming keyboard has an upper case “CAP” setting and a “SHIFT”
setting. Its initial setting is CAP setting, which remains in effect until you press the
 key.
After you press , the shift setting remains in effect until you press the uppercase
 key again. Note that neither the  nor  key operation is counted as
a character during programming.
Press the  key to specify that the next character you input is a double-size character.
Each double-size character counts as two normal size characters.
Press the  at the insertion point to insert a character, or press the  key at the
deletion point to delete a character.
The  and  key moves the insertion/deletion point.

No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

Descriptor
PLU0001
PLU0002
PLU0003
PLU0004
PLU0005
PLU0006
PLU0007
PLU0008
PLU0009
PLU0010
PLU0011

PLU0001

v

0.00

R A

1

Icon (It shows a sort of the character input)



A → a or A → a



a → A or a → A



A → A or a → a

PLU0001 → PLU0001
 PLU0001 → LU0001

Q
q

PLU0001 → QLU0001

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-141

Program 2
5-1-2

Inputting characters by code
You can also program text by inputting codes that correspond to the characters you want
to input. A list of character codes is given in the table below.
You must also use the  key on the 10-key pad during character code programming to
fix character codes for the last input character.
Character code table
Chara

Code

Chara

Code

Chara

Code

Chara

Code

Chara

Code

Chara

Code

Chara

Code

Space

32

0

48

@

64

P

80

‘

96

p

112

Ç

128

!

33

1

49

A

65

Q

81

a

97

q

113

ü

129

”

34

2

50

B

66

R

82

b

98

r

114

é

130

#

35

3

51

C

67

S

83

c

99

s

115

â

131

$

36

4

52

D

68

T

84

d

100

t

116

ä

132

%

37

5

53

E

69

U

85

e

101

u

117

à

133

&

38

6

54

F

70

V

86

f

102

v

118

å

134

’

39

7

55

G

71

W

87

g

103

w

119

ç

135

(

40

8

56

H

72

X

88

h

104

x

120

ê

136

)

41

9

57

I

73

Y

89

i

105

y

121

ë

137

*

42

:

58

J

74

Z

90

j

106

z

122

è

138

+

43

;

59

K

75

[

91

k

107

{

123

î

139

,

44

<

60

L

76

\

92

l

108

|

124

ì

140

–

45

=

61

M

77

]

93

m

109

}

125

ï

141

.

46

>

62

N

78

^

94

n

110

~

126

Ä

142

/

47

?

63

O

79

_

95

o

111

127

Å

143

Chara

Code

Chara

Code

Chara

Code

Chara

Code

Chara

Code

Chara

Code

Chara

Code

É

144

á

160

I

176

192

208

Ó

224

æ

145

í

161

II

177

193

D

209

ß

225

Æ

146

ó

162

III

178

194

Ê

210

Ô

226

242

ô

147

ú

163

179

195

Ë

211

Ò

227

243

ö

148

ñ

164

180

196

È

212

õ

228

244

ò

149

Ñ

165

Á

181

213

Õ

229

û

150

ª

166

Â

182

ã

198

Í

214

µ

230

←

246

ù

151

º

167

À

183

Ã

199

Î

215

p

231

→

247

ÿ

152

¿

168

184

200

Ï

216

↑

248

Ö

153

¨

169

185

201

217

P
Ú

232
233

↓

249

Ü

154

170

186

202

218

Û

234

•

250

ø

155

1/2

171

187

203

219

Ù

235

251

£

156

1/4

172

188

204

220

236

252

Ø

157

¡

173

¢

189

205

y`
`
Y

237

253

×

158

«

174

¥

190

206

ƒ

5-1-3

240

159

»

175

191

197

¤

207

221
Ì

222
223

±

245

238
‘

239

241

254
Double
size

255

After completing to input characters
After completion of inputting characters (by both character keyboard and character
codes), it is necessary to press the  key when you assign these characters to a key.

P-142

5-2. Programming item descriptors
Preparation:
P2 C01

10-10-01 12:34

000000

1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
2. Press  repeatedly to assign Program 2 mode.

PGM-2
1.Item Descriptor
2.Char & Message

0.00
3. Select “1. Item Descriptor” and press the  key.

5-2-1

Programming PLU item descriptors
Operation
Item Descriptor
Item Descriptor
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
7.Char & Press Key

0.00
4. Select “1. PLU” and press the  key.
Item Descriptor
PLU
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.PLU0003
4.PLU0004
5.PLU0005
6.PLU0006
7.PLU0007
8.PLU0008

v

0.00

No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

Descriptor
PLU0001
PLU0002
PLU0003
PLU0004
PLU0005
PLU0006
PLU0007
PLU0008
PLU0009
PLU0010
PLU0011

v

PLU0001

QT-2100 Programming Manual

5. Select the PLU directly, or by entering record No. and press
the  key or by entering random code and press the
 key.

6. After pressing the  key again, the original descriptors
are shown in the lower column of the display. Then enter
characters (max. 24 characters) and press the  key to
fix them.
7. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

P-143

Program 2
5-2-2

Programming PLU 2nd unit price descriptors
Operation
Item Descriptor
Item Descriptor
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
7.Char & Press Key

0.00
4. Select “2. PLU 2nd@” and press the  key.
Item Descriptor
PLU 2nd@
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.PLU0003
4.PLU0004
5.PLU0005
6.PLU0006
7.PLU0007
8.PLU0008

v

0.00

No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

Descriptor
PLU0001
PLU0002
PLU0003
PLU0004
PLU0005
PLU0006
PLU0007
PLU0008
PLU0009
PLU0010
PLU0011

v

PLU0001

5-2-3

5. Select the PLU directly, or by entering record No. and press
the  key or by entering random code and press the
 key.

6. After pressing the  key again, the original descriptors
are shown in the lower column of the display. Then enter
characters (max. 24 characters) and press the  key to
fix them.
7. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

Programming subdepartment descriptors
Operation
Item Descriptor
Item Descriptor
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
7.Char & Press Key

0.00
4. Select “3. Sub-Department” and press the  key.

P-144

Item Descriptor

Sub-Department
1.SUBDEPT01
2.SUBDEPT02
3.SUBDEPT03
4.SUBDEPT04

0.00

No.
1
2
3
4

Descriptor
SUBDEPT01
SUBDEPT02
SUBDEPT03
SUBDEPT04

6. After pressing the  key again, the original descriptors
are shown in the lower column of the display. Then enter
characters and press the  key to fix them.
7. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

SUBDEPT01

5-2-4

5. Select the  directly or by entering
subdepartment No. and press the  key.

Programming department descriptors
Operation
Item Descriptor
Item Descriptor
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
7.Char & Press Key

0.00
4. Select “4. Department” and press the  key.
Item Descriptor

Department
1.DEPT01
2.DEPT02
3.DEPT03
4.DEPT04

0.00

QT-2100 Programming Manual

5. Select the  directly, by entering department No. and press the  key.

P-145

Program 2
No.
1
2
3
4

Descriptor
DEPT01
DEPT02
DEPT03
DEPT04

6. After pressing the  key again, the original descriptors
are shown in the lower column of the display. Then enter
characters and press the  key to fix them.
7. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

DEPT01

5-2-5

Programming PLU/subdepartment/department descriptors by range
Operation

Item Descriptor
Item Descriptor
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
7.Char & Press Key

0.00
4. Select “5. Range” and press the  key.
Item Descriptor

Range
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department

0.00

5. Select the subject you want to modify, “PLU/PLU 2nd@/
Sub-Department/Department” and press the  key.

Item Descriptor
Descriptor PLU0123
Enter Start range
End range
OK?

0
0
YES

0.00

P-146

6. After pressing the  key, enter characters and press the
 key.

Item Descriptor
Descriptor PLU0123
Enter Start range
End range
OK?

123
0
YES

0.00

7. Enter the start range No. and press the  key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the  key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)

0.00

8. Press the  key and return to the previous menu.

Item Descriptor
Descriptor PLU0123
Enter Start range
End range
OK?

5-2-6

123
999
YES

Copying PLU descriptors to PLU 2nd unit price
Operation
Item Descriptor
Item Descriptor
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
7.Char & Press Key

0.00
4. Select “6. PLU –> 2nd@ Copy” and press the  key.
Item Descriptor
PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
Enter Start range
End range
OK?

123
0
YES

0.00

QT-2100 Programming Manual

5. Enter the start range No. and press the  key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the  key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)

P-147

Program 2
Item Descriptor
PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
Enter Start range
End range
OK?

123
999
YES

0.00
6. Press the  key and return to the previous menu.

5-2-7

Programming function key descriptors
Operation
Item Descriptor
Item Descriptor
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
7.Char & Press Key

0.00
4. Select “7. Char & Press Key” and press the  key.
Item Descriptor

Item Descriptor
CASH
RECEIVED ON ACC.

0040-002
178-001
0042-002
164-020

5. a) Function keys (max. 16 characters)
Enter characters, press the  key to fix them and press
the corresponding key.
b) PLU (max. 24 characters)
Enter charactes, press the  key to fix them and press
the corresponding  key or enter corresponding PLU
No. and press the  key.
c) PLU 2nd @ (max. 24 characters)
Enter characters and press the <2nd@> key and corresponding key.
6. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

P-148

5-3. Programming characters and messages
Preparation:
P2 C01

10-10-01 12:34

000000

1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
2. Press  repeatedly to assign Program 2 mode.

PGM-2
1.Item Descriptor
2.Char & Message

0.00
3. Select “2. Char & Message” and press the  key.

5-3-1

Programming receipt message, slip message and guest receipt message
Operation
Char & Message
Char & Message
1.Receipt/SLIP Msg
2.Text Recall
3.Order Char Link
4.Fixed Totalizer
5.Group Character
6.Special Character
7.Report Header
8.Endorse Message
v

0.00
4. Select “1. Receipt/SLIP Message” and press the  key.
Receipt/SLIP Msg
0001-032 (Receipt Logo)
YOUR RECEIPT
0002-032 (Receipt Logo)
THANK YOU
0003-032 (Receipt Logo)
CALL AGAIN
0004-032 (Receipt Commercial)
0005-032 (Receipt Commercial)
0006-032 (Receipt Commercial)

0.00

Rec No.
1~4
5~8
9 ~ 12
13 ~ 16
17 ~ 20
21 ~ 24
25 ~ 28
29 ~ 32
33 ~ 36
37
38 ~ 47
48

Message
Receipt logo message
Receipt commercial message
Receipt bottom message
Bill top message
Bill copy message
Bill bottom message
Slip logo message
Slip intermediate message
Slip bottom message
Not used
Guest bottom message
Copy receipt message

5. Select the appropriate record, press the  key, enter
characters (Maximum 40 characters) and press the 
key.
6. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-149

Program 2
5-3-2

Programming text recall message
Operation
Char & Message
Char & Message
1.Receipt/SLIP Msg
2.Text Recall
3.Order Char Link
4.Fixed Totalizer
5.Group Character
6.Special Character
7.Report Header
8.Endorse Message
v

0.00
4. Select “2. Text Recall” and press the  key.
Text Recall
0001-039
*********
0002-039
*********
0003-039
*********
0004-039
*********
0005-039
*********
0006-039

Text Recall 1st line ********
Text Recall 2nd line ********
Text Recall 3rd line ********
Text Recall 4th line ********
Text Recall 5th line ********
v

0.00

5-3-3

5. Select the appropriate record, press the  key, enter
characters (Maximum 40 characters) and press the 
key.
6. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

Programming order character link
Operation
Char & Message
Char & Message
1.Receipt/SLIP Msg
2.Text Recall
3.Order Char Link
4.Fixed Totalizer
5.Group Character
6.Special Character
7.Report Header
8.Endorse Message
v

0.00
4. Select “3. Order Char Link” and press the  key.
Order Char Link
0001-065
Order Character 1
0002-065
Order Character 2
0003-065
Order Character 3
0004-065
Order Character 4
0005-065
Order Character 5
0006-065

v

0.00

P-150

5. Select the appropriate record, press the  key, enter
characters (Maximum 16 characters) and press the 
key.
6. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

5-3-4

Programming fixed totalizer descriptors
Operation
Char & Message
Char & Message
1.Receipt/SLIP Msg
2.Text Recall
3.Order Char Link
4.Fixed Totalizer
5.Group Character
6.Special Character
7.Report Header
8.Endorse Message
v

0.00
4. Select “4. Fixed Totalizer” and press the  key.
Fixed Totalizer
0001-001
GROSS
0002-001
NET
0003-001
CAID
0004-001
CATL
0005-001
CA0006-001

v

0.00
Rec No.
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039

5. Select the appropriate record, press the  key, enter
characters (Maximum 16 characters) and press the 
key.
6. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

Message
Gross sales total
Net sales total
Cash in drawer
Cash declared amount (not used)
Declared short cash amount (not used)
Declared over cash amount (not used)
Charge in drawer
Charge declared amount (not used)
Declared short charge amount (not used)
Declared over charge amount (not used)
Check in drawer
Check declared amount (not used)
Declared short check amount (not used)
Declared over check amount (not used)
Credit in drawer
Credit declared amount (not used)
Declared short credit amount (not used)
Declared over credit amount (not used)
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Refund mode total
Customer count
Average sales per customer
Check cashing service fee
New Balance fee
Not used
Clerk commission 1 total
Clerk commission 2 total
Foreign currency cash in drawer 1
Foreign currency check in drawer 1
Foreign currency cash in drawer 2
Foreign currency check in drawer 2
Foreign currency cash in drawer 3
Foreign currency check in drawer 3
Reduction
Item return
Clear counter

QT-2100 Programming Manual

Rec No.
040
041
042
043
044
045
046
047
048
049
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
059
060
061
062
063
064
065
066
067
068
069
070
071
072
073
074
075
076
077
078

Message
Not used
Rounding
ST transfer void
Not used
Not used
Taxable amount 1
Tax 1
Tax exempt 1
Taxable amount 2
Tax 2
Tax exempt 2
Taxable amount 3
Tax 3
Tax exempt 3
Taxable amount 4
Tax 4
Tax exempt 4
Taxable amount 5
Tax 5
Tax exempt 5
Taxable amount 6
Tax 6
Tax exempt 6
Taxable amount 7
Tax 7
Tax exempt 7
Taxable amount 8
Tax 8
Tax exempt 8
Taxable amount 9
Tax 9
Tax exempt 9
Taxable amount 10
Tax 10
Tax exempt 10
Euro cash in drawer
Euro charge in drawer
Euro check in drawer
Euro credit in drawer

P-151

Program 2
5-3-5

Programming group character
Operation
Char & Message
Char & Message
1.Receipt/SLIP Msg
2.Text Recall
3.Order Char Link
4.Fixed Totalizer
5.Group Character
6.Special Character
7.Report Header
8.Endorse Message
v

0.00
4. Select “5. Group Character” and press the  key.
Group Character
0001-006
GROUP01
0002-006
GROUP02
0003-006
GROUP03
0004-006
GROUP04
0005-006
GROUP05
0006-006

v

0.00

5-3-6

5. Select the appropriate record, press the  key, enter
characters (Maximum 16 characters) and press the 
key.
6. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

Programming special characters
Operation
Char & Message
Char & Message
1.Receipt/SLIP Msg
2.Text Recall
3.Order Char Link
4.Fixed Totalizer
5.Group Character
6.Special Character
7.Report Header
8.Endorse Message
v

0.00
4. Select “6. Special Character” and press the  key.
Special Character
0001-023
• @No / *
0002-023
NoCTX
COVERS
0003-023
X
BUSY
0004-023
T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
0005-023
T12T13T14 T23
0006-023

v

0.00
5. Select the appropriate record, press the  key, enter
characters and press the  key.
6. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

P-152

Rec No.
Contents
U.S.
001 Amount symbol (3), @(2), No (2), split pricing (1),
Training filler (1)
Others
002 No. of item sold (2), Customer count (2), Square (6), Double sized customer count(6)
U.S.
003 Multiplication (6)
Recalling for a check (6)
Others
004 Taxable symbol 1 (3 each)
005 Taxable symbol 2 (3 each)
006 Taxable symbol 3 (3 each)
007 Foreign currency × 4 (2 each), Selective item symbol × 3 (1 each), Center dot (1)
008 Mode symbol 1 (4 each)
009 Mode symbol 2 (4 each)
010 Mode symbol 3 (4)
011 Decimal of amount, Decimal of quantity, Delimiter (1 each)
012 A.M., P.M. (3 each)
013 Slip continued (12), page (2)
014 Online password (8)
015 Display subtotal symbol (ST key) (16)
016 Subtotal symbol (16)
017 Total symbol (16)
018 Change symbol (16)
019 Check cashing fee (16)
020 Check cashing amount (16)
021 Bon message (16)
022 Not used
023 Check No. (12)
024 Service total (16)
025 Item discount total (16)
026 House Bon quantity of item (16)
027 Seat No. (16)
028 Total symbol (X/Z report) (16)
029 Clock-in symbol (16)
030 Clock-out symbol (16)
031 Break-in symbol (16)
032 Break-out symbol (16)
033 Job code symbol (16)
034 Work time symbol (16)
035 Break time symbol (16)
036 Tip declaration symbol (16)
037 Regular work hours (Employee report) (16)
038 Overtime work hours (Employee report) (16)
039 Employee report (1) (4 each)
040 Employee report (2) (4 each), Edit symbol (1)
041 Hourly labor pay (16)
042 Hourly labor proceeds (16)
043 Pay per transaction (16)
044 Euro amount symbol (3)
045 not used
046 Occupied new check (Open check report) (16)
047 Finalized check (Open check report) (16)
048 not used
049 not used
050 Unit price of shift PLU 1 (PLU report)
051 Unit price of shift PLU 2 (PLU report)
052 Unit price of shift PLU 3 (PLU report)
053 Unit price of shift PLU 4 (PLU report)
054 Unit price of shift PLU 5 (PLU report)
055 Unit price of shift PLU 6 (PLU report)
056 Unit price of shift PLU 7 (PLU report)
057 Unit price of shift PLU 8 (PLU report)
058 Taxable symbol 4 (3 each)

†

Descriptor
$ @No / *
• @No / *
NoCTX
COVERS
BUSY
X
BUSY
T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
T12T13T14
T23
T1
* * * *
•
REG RFR-MGR
Pn†X/Z
TRG
..,
AM PM
CONTINUED
P
SUBTOTAL
ST
TL
CG
CACG
** STUB **
CHECK No.
SRVC TL
DISCOUNT
HOUSE BON QTY
SEAT#
TL
CLOCK-IN
CLOCK-OUT
BREAK-IN
BREAK-OUT
JOB
WORK TIME
BREAK TIME
CASH TIP
REGULAR TIME
OVER TIME
IN OUT BRK JOB#
TIP WORK*
COST
NET SALES/HOUR
COST/TRANSACTION
EUREUR
NEW OPEN
FINALIZED
@1
@2
@3
@4
@5
@6
@7
@8
T6 T7 T8 T9 T10

n: Program mode number (1 ~ 6)

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-153

Program 2
5-3-7

Programming report headers
Operation
Char & Message
Char & Message
1.Receipt/SLIP Msg
2.Text Recall
3.Order Char Link
4.Fixed Totalizer
5.Group Character
6.Special Character
7.Report Header
8.Endorse Message
v

0.00
4. Select “7. Report Header” and press the  key.
Report Header
0001-024
FIXED TTL
0002-024
FREE FUNCTION
0003-024
SUB DEPT
0004-024
PLU
0005-024
DEPT
0006-024

v

0.00

5. Select the appropriate record, press the  key, enter
characters (Maximum 16 characters) and press the 
key.
6. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.
Rec No.
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
:
030

P-154

Contents
Fixed totalizer report
Transaction key report
Subdepartment report
PLU report
Department report
Group report
Cashier/clerk report
not used
Hourly sales report
Monthly sales report
Flash (Financial) report
Open check report
Table analysis report
PLU stock report
Void causal report
Electronic journal report
Time & Attendance
Hourly labor
Hourly item
not used
IDC (1) reset
IDC (2) reset
IDC (3) reset
not used

Descriptor
FIXED TTL
FREE FUNCTION
SUB DEPT
PLU
DEPT
GROUP
CASHIER/CLERK
HOURLY
MONTHLY
FLASH
OPEN CHK
TABLE ANALYSIS
PLU STOCK
VOID REASON
E-JOURNAL
EMPLOYEE
HOURLY LABOR
HOURLY PRODUCT
IDC(1) Clear
IDC(2) Clear
IDC(3) Clear

5-3-8

Programming endorsement message
Operation
Char & Message
Char & Message
1.Receipt/SLIP Msg
2.Text Recall
3.Order Char Link
4.Fixed Totalizer
5.Group Character
6.Special Character
7.Report Header
8.Endorse Message
v

0.00
4. Select “8. Endorse Message” and press the  key.
Endorse Message
0001-033
****** Endorse Message 1st line
0002-033
****** Endorse Message 2nd line
0003-033
****** Endorse Message 3rd line
0004-033
****** Endorse Message 4th line

*******
*******
*******
*******

0.00

5. Select the appropriate record, press the  key, enter
characters (Maximum 40 characters) and press the 
key.
6. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

5-3-9

Programming GT character
Operation
Char & Message
Char & Message
2.Text Recall
^
3.Order Char Link
4.Fixed Totalizer
5.Group Character
6.Special Character
7.Report Header
8.Endorse Message
9.GT Character

0.00
4. Select “9. GT Character” and press the  key.
GT Character
0001-020
GT1
0002-020
GT2
0003-020
GT3

0.00
5. Select the appropriate record, press the  key, enter
characters (Maximum 16 characters) and press the 
key.
6. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-155

Program 2

P-156

6. Program 1 ............................................................................... P-158
6-1. Presetting date and time ........................................................................ P-158
6-2. Programming unit price and rate ............................................................ P-159
6-2-1
6-2-2
6-2-3
6-2-4
6-2-5
6-2-6
6-2-7
6-2-8
6-2-9

Programming PLU unit price ..........................................................................
Programming PLU 2nd unit price ...................................................................
Programming PLU unit price and PLU 2nd unit price.....................................
Programming subdepartment unit price .........................................................
Programming department unit price ...............................................................
Programming PLU/PLU 2nd@/subdepartment/
department unit price by range......................................................................
Copying PLU unit price to PLU 2nd unit price ................................................
Programming amount or rate to keys .............................................................
Programming unit price of shift PLU...............................................................

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-159
P-160
P-161
P-162
P-162
P-163
P-165
P-166
P-167

P-157

Program 1
6. Program 1
6-1. Presetting date and time
Preparation:
P1 C01

10-10-01 12:34

000000

1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
2. Press  repeatedly to assign Program 1 mode.

PGM-1
1.Unit Price/Qty

0.00
Presetting time
P1 C01

10-10-01 12:34

000000

PGM-1
1.Unit Price/Qty

10-10-01 12:34 00

3. Enter the current time in four (hour, minute) digits or in five
(hour, minute, ten second) and press the  key (24-hour
system).
Presetting date:
P1 C01

10-10-01 12:34

000000

PGM-1
1.Unit Price/Qty

10-10-01 12:34 00

3. Enter the current date in six digits (year, month, day order)
and press the  key.

P-158

6-2. Programming unit price and rate
Preparation:
P1 C01

10-10-01 12:34

000000

1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
2. Press  repeatedly to assign Program 1 mode.

PGM-1
1.Unit Price/Qty

0.00
3. Select “1. Unit Price/Qty” and press the  key.

6-2-1

Programming PLU unit price
Operation
Unit Price/Qty
Unit Price/Qty
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.PLU & PLU 2nd@
4.Sub-Department
5.Department
6.Range
7.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
8.AMT / Rate to Key v

0.00
4. Select “1. PLU” and press the  key.
Unit Price/Qty
PLU
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.PLU0003
4.PLU0004
5.PLU0005
6.PLU0006
7.PLU0007
8.PLU0008

v

0.00

No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

Descriptor
PLU0001
PLU0002
PLU0003
PLU0004
PLU0005
PLU0006
PLU0007
PLU0008
PLU0009
PLU0010
PLU0011

Price
@10.00
@20.00
@30.00
@40.00
@50.00
@60.00
@70.00
@80.00
@90.00
@100.00
@110.00v

0.00

5. Select the PLU directly, or by entering record No. and press
the  key or by entering random code and press the
 key.

6. Enter unit price and press the  key to fix them.
Pressing  twice programs the same unit price to the
next record.
7. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-159

Program 1
6-2-2

Programming PLU 2nd unit price
Operation
Unit Price/Qty
Unit Price/Qty
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.PLU & PLU 2nd@
4.Sub-Department
5.Department
6.Range
7.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
8.AMT / Rate to Key v

0.00
4. Select “2. PLU 2nd@” and press the  key.
Unit Price/Qty
PLU 2nd@
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.PLU0003
4.PLU0004
5.PLU0005
6.PLU0006
7.PLU0007
8.PLU0008

v

0.00

No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

Descriptor
PLU0001
PLU0002
PLU0003
PLU0004
PLU0005
PLU0006
PLU0007
PLU0008
PLU0009
PLU0010
PLU0011

Qty
Price
26.52 @10.00
0.00 @20.00
0.50 @30.00
1.75 @40.00
2.80 @50.00
0.00 @60.00
0.00 @70.00
0.00 @80.00
0.00 @90.00
0.00 @100.00
0.00 @110.00v

0.00

5. Select the PLU directly, or by entering record No. and press
the  key or by entering random code and press the
 key.
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

Descriptor
PLU0001
PLU0002
PLU0003
PLU0004
PLU0005
PLU0006
PLU0007
PLU0008
PLU0009
PLU0010
PLU0011

Qty
Price
26.52 @10.00
0.00 @20.00
0.50 @30.00
1.75 @40.00
2.80 @50.00
0.00 @60.00
0.00 @70.00
0.00 @80.00
0.00 @90.00
0.00 @100.00
0.00 @110.00v

0.00
6. Select “Qty” or “Price” field by the cursor keys and enter unit
price and press the  key to fix them.
Pressing  twice programs the same unit price to the
next record.
7. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

P-160

6-2-3

Programming PLU unit price and PLU 2nd unit price
Operation
Unit Price/Qty
Unit Price/Qty
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.PLU & PLU 2nd@
4.Sub-Department
5.Department
6.Range
7.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
8.AMT / Rate to Key v

0.00
4. Select “3. PLU & PLU 2nd@” and press the  key.
Unit Price/Qty
PLU & PLU 2nd@
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.PLU0003
4.PLU0004
5.PLU0005
6.PLU0006
7.PLU0007
8.PLU0008

v

0.00

5. Select the PLU directly, or by entering record No. and press
the  key or by entering random code and press the
 key.
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6

Descriptor
PLU0001
PLU0001
PLU0002
PLU0002
PLU0003
PLU0003
PLU0004
PLU0004
PLU0005
PLU0005
PLU0006

Qty

Price
@1,234.00
12.26
@1.00
@20.00
0.00
@2.00
@30.00
0.50
@3.00
@40.00
1.75
@4.00
@50.00
2.80
@5.00
@60.00v

PLU 1st @
PLU 2nd q’ty/@

0.00

No.
1
2
3
4
5
6

Descriptor
PLU0001
PLU0001
PLU0002
PLU0002
PLU0003
PLU0003
PLU0004
PLU0004
PLU0005
PLU0005
PLU0006

Qty

Price
@1,234.00
12.26
@1.00
@20.00
0.00
@2.00
@30.00
0.50
@3.00
@40.00
1.75
@4.00
@50.00
2.80
@5.00
@60.00v

0.00

No.
1
2
3
4
5
6

Descriptor
PLU0001
PLU0001
PLU0002
PLU0002
PLU0003
PLU0003
PLU0004
PLU0004
PLU0005
PLU0005
PLU0006

Qty

Price
@1,234.00
12.26
@1.00
@20.00
0.00
@2.00
@30.00
0.50
@3.00
@40.00
1.75
@4.00
@50.00
2.80
@5.00
@60.00v

0.00
6. Select “Qty” or “Price” field by the cursor keys and enter the
unit price and press the  key to fix them.
Pressing  twice programs the same unit price to the
next record.
7. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-161

Program 1
6-2-4

Programming subdepartment unit price
Operation
Unit Price/Qty
Unit Price/Qty
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.PLU & PLU 2nd@
4.Sub-Department
5.Department
6.Range
7.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
8.AMT / Rate to Key v

0.00
4. Select “4. Sub-Department” and press the  key.
Unit Price/Qty

Sub-Department
1.SUBDEPT01
2.SUBDEPT02
3.SUBDEPT03
4.SUBDEPT04

0.00

No.
1
2
3
4

Descriptor
SUBDEPT01
SUBDEPT02
SUBDEPT03
SUBDEPT04

5. Select the subdepartment directly or by entering record No.
and press the  key.

Price
@10.00
@20.00
@30.00
@40.00

0.00

6. Enter the unit price and press the  key to fix them.
Pressing  twice programs the same unit price to the
next record.
7. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

6-2-5

Programming department unit price
Operation
Unit Price/Qty
Unit Price/Qty
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.PLU & PLU 2nd@
4.Sub-Department
5.Department
6.Range
7.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
8.AMT / Rate to Key v

0.00
4. Select “5. Department” and press the  key.

P-162

Unit Price/Qty

Department
1.DEPT01
2.DEPT02
3.DEPT03
4.DEPT04

0.00

No.
1
2
3
4

Descriptor
DEPT01
DEPT02
DEPT03
DEPT04

5. Select the department directly or by entering record No. and
press the  key.

Price
@10.00
@20.00
@30.00
@40.00

0.00

6. Enter the unit price and press the  key to fix them.
Pressing  twice programs the same unit price to the
next record.
7. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

6-2-6

Programming PLU/PLU 2nd@/subdepartment/department unit price by range
Operation
Unit Price/Qty
Unit Price/Qty
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.PLU & PLU 2nd@
4.Sub-Department
5.Department
6.Range
7.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
8.AMT / Rate to Key v

0.00
4. Select “6. Range” and press the  key.
Unit Price/Qty
Range
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department

0.00

QT-2100 Programming Manual

5. Select the subject you want to modify, “PLU/PLU 2nd@/
Sub-Department/Department” and press the  key.

P-163

Program 1
Unit Price/Qty
Price

Unit Price/Qty
Qty
Price

0.00
Enter Start range
End range
OK?

Input Range Start
Range End

0
0

OK?

YES

0.00

10.00
Enter Start range
End range
OK?

0000
0000
Yes

0.00

6. Enter the unit price (and Qty for PLU 2nd@) and press the
 key.

Unit Price/Qty
Price

12.00
@0.00

0
0
YES

0.00

7. Enter the start range No. and press the  key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the  key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)

Unit Price/Qty
Price

10.00
Enter Start range
End range
OK?

12
25
YES

0.00
8. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

P-164

6-2-7

Copying PLU unit price to PLU 2nd unit price
Operation
Unit Price/Qty
Unit Price/Qty
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.PLU & PLU 2nd@
4.Sub-Department
5.Department
6.Range
7.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
8.AMT / Rate to Key v

0.00
4. Select “7. PLU –> 2nd@ Copy” and press the  key.
Unit Price/Qty
PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
Enter Start range
End range
OK?

123
0
YES

0.00

5. Enter the start range No. and press the  key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the  key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)

Unit Price/Qty
PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
Enter Start range
End range
OK?

123
999
YES

0.00

QT-2100 Programming Manual

6. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

P-165

Program 1
6-2-8

Programming amount or rate to keys
Operation
Unit Price/Qty
Unit Price/Qty
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.PLU & PLU 2nd@
4.Sub-Department
5.Department
6.Range
7.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
8.AMT / Rate to Key v

0.00
4. Select “8.AMT/Rate to Key” and press the  key.
Unit Price/Qty

0.00

5. a) Function keys
Enter the unit price or rate and press the corresponding key.
(CA, CHK, NB, +, –, CPN, %+, %–, CE)
b) PLU
Enter the PLU No., press the  key, enter the unit
price and press the  key. Pressing  twice
programs the same unit price to the next record.
Or enter the unit price and press the appropriate  key
directly.
c) PLU 2nd @
Enter unit price and Qty, and press the <2nd@> key and
 key.

Unit Price/Qty
PLU0001
PLU0002
PLU0003
0.00
PLU0004
12.34

Unit Price/Qty
0001-004
@10.00
0002-004
@20.00
0003-054
@30.00
0004-054
@40.00

+
%CE
CE

CE

@1.00
5.50%
105.0670
0.2860

0.2860

6. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

P-166

6-2-9

Programming unit price of shift PLU
Operation
Unit Price/Qty
Unit Price/Qty
2.PLU 2nd@
^
3.PLU & PLU 2nd@
4.Sub-Department
5.Department
6.Range
7.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
8.AMT / Rate to Key
9.Shift PLU

0.00
4. Select “9. Shift PLU” and press the  key.
Unit Price/Qty
1.2nd
2.3rd
3.4th
4.5th
5.6th
6.7th
7.8th

Shift PLU
Price
Price
Price
Price
Price
Price
Price

0.00
5. Select the shift level and press the  key.
Unit Price/Qty
Shift PLU
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.PLU0003
4.PLU0004
5.PLU0005
6.PLU0006
7.PLU0007
8.PLU0008

v

0.00
6. Select the PLU directly, or by entering record No. and press
the  key or by entering random code and press the
 key.
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

Descriptor
PLU0001
PLU0002
PLU0003
PLU0004
PLU0005
PLU0006
PLU0007
PLU0008
PLU0009
PLU0010
PLU0011

Price
@10.00
@20.00
@30.00
@40.00
@50.00
@60.00
@70.00
@80.00
@90.00
@1.00
@100.00v

0.00
7. Enter unit price and press the  key to fix them.
Pressing  twice programs the same unit price to the
next record.
8. Press the  key to return to the previous menu.

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-167

Program 1

P-168

7. Program 6 .............................................................................................. P-170
7-1. Program read general procedure ........................................................... P-170
7-2. Program read report sample .................................................................. P-171
7-2-1
7-2-2
7-2-3
7-2-4
7-2-5
7-2-6
7-2-7
7-2-8

Unit Price/Qty ..............................................................................................
Item Descriptor............................................................................................
Character and Message..............................................................................
Machine feature ..........................................................................................
Clerk............................................................................................................
Key feature..................................................................................................
Keyboard.....................................................................................................
Memory allocation .......................................................................................

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-171
P-172
P-172
P-176
P-208
P-220
P-242
P-242

P-169

Program 6
7. Program 6
7-1. Program read general procedure
Operation:
P6 C01

10-10-01 12:34

000000

1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
2. Press  repeatedly to assign Program 6 mode.

PGM-6
1.PGM Read Report

0.00
3. Press the  key.
PGM Read Report
PGM Read Report
1.Unit Price/Qty
2.Item Descriptor
3.Char & Message
4.Machine Feature
5.Clerk
6.Key Feature
7.Keyboard
8.Memory Alloc.

0.00
4. Select an appropriate job and press the  key.
PGM Read Report
Unit Price/Qty
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Function Key

0.00

5. Select an appropriate job and press the  key.
The program read report is issued.
If the job requires range designation, the next screen will be
appeared.

PLU

Enter Start range
End range
OK?

0
0
YES

0.00
6. Enter the start and end range and press the  key.
The program read report is issued from the printer.

P-170

7-2. Program read report sample
7-2-1

Unit Price/Qty
7-2-1-1. PLU unit price
PLU0001

0001-004
@12.34
0001-055
@2.00
@3.00
@4.00
@5.00
@6.00
@7.00
@8.00
0002-004
@1.00
0002-055

PLU0002

— PLU descriptor/Record No./File No.
— Unit Price
— Shift PLU
— 2nd unit price
— 3rd unit price
— 4th unit price
— 5th unit price
— 6th unit price
— 7th unit price
— 8th unit price

7-2-1-2. PLU 2nd unit price
PLU0001
2
PLU0002
1
PLU0003
0

0001-054 — PLU 2nd descriptor/Record No./File No.
@23.45 — Unit quantity/2nd unit Price
0002-054
@10.00
0003-054
@2.00

7-2-1-3. Subdepartment
SUBDEPT01
SUBDEPT02
SUBDEPT03

0001-003 — Subdepartment descriptor/Record No./File No.
@1.00 — Unit Price
0002-003
@2.00
0003-003
@3.34

7-2-1-4. Department
DEPT01
DEPT02
DEPT03

0001-005 — Department descriptor/Record No./File No.
@12.34 — Unit Price
0002-005
@2.34
0003-005
@1.34

7-2-1-5. Function key
%CASH

QT-2100 Programming Manual

0013-002 — Function key descriptor/Record No./File No.
0% — Unit Price, percent rate or conversion rate
0018-002
@0.00
0035-002
@0.00

P-171

Program 6
7-2-2

Item Descriptor
7-2-2-1. PLU
PLU0001
PLU0002
PLU0003

0001-004 — PLU descriptor/Record No./File No.
0002-004
0003-004

7-2-2-2. PLU 2nd unit price
PLU0001
PLU0002
PLU0003

0001-054 — PLU 2nd descriptor/Record No./File No.
0002-054
0003-054

7-2-2-3. Subdepartment
SUBDEPT01
SUBDEPT02
SUBDEPT03

0001-003 — Subdepartment descriptor/Record No./File No.
0002-003
0003-003

7-2-2-4. Department
DEPT01
DEPT02
DEPT03

0001-005 — Department descriptor/Record No./File No.
0002-005
0003-005

7-2-2-5. Function key
RCT
NEW/OLD
RC
DISP ON/OFF
CLK#1

7-2-3

0001-002 — Function key descriptor/Record No./File No.
0002-002
0003-002
0004-002
0005-002

Character and Message
7-2-3-1. Receipt/Slip message
0001-032
YOUR RECEIPT
0002-032
THANK YOU
0003-032
CALL AGAIN
0004-032
:
:

7-2-3-2. Text recall
0001-039
TEXT RECALL MESSAGE 01
0002-039
:
:
0010-039

P-172

— Record No./File No.
— Receipt message
Rec No.
1~4
5~8
9 ~ 12
13 ~ 16
17 ~ 20
21 ~ 24
25 ~ 28
29 ~ 32
33 ~ 36
37
38 ~ 47
48
— Record No./File No.
— Text recall message

Message
Receipt logo message
Receipt commercial message
Receipt bottom message
Bill top message
Bill copy message
Bill bottom message
Slip logo message
Slip intermediate message
Slip bottom message
Not used
Guest bottom message
Copy receipt message

7-2-3-3. Order character
0001-065 — Order character/Record No./File No.
0002-065

ORDER CHAR 1
ORDER CHAR 2
:
:
ORDER CHAR 10

0010-065

7-2-3-4. Fixed totalizer
0001-001 — Descriptor/Record No./File No.
0002-001
0003-001

GROSS
NET
CAID
:
:
EX10

Rec No.
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039

0074-001

Message
Gross sales total
Net sales total
Cash in drawer
Cash declared amount (not used)
Declared short cash amount (not used)
Declared over cash amount (not used)
Charge in drawer
Charge declared amount (not used)
Declared short charge amount (not used)
Declared over charge amount (not used)
Check in drawer
Check declared amount (not used)
Declared short check amount (not used)
Declared over check amount (not used)
Credit in drawer
Credit declared amount (not used)
Declared short credit amount (not used)
Declared over credit amount (not used)
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Refund mode total
Customer count
Average sales per customer
Check cashing service fee
New Balance fee
Not used
Clerk commission 1 total
Clerk commission 2 total
Foreign currency cash in drawer 1
Foreign currency check in drawer 1
Foreign currency cash in drawer 2
Foreign currency check in drawer 2
Foreign currency cash in drawer 3
Foreign currency check in drawer 3
Reduction
Item return
Clear counter

Rec No.
040
041
042
043
044
045
046
047
048
049
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
059
060
061
062
063
064
065
066
067
068
069
070
071
072
073
074
075
076
077
078

Message
Not used
Rounding
ST transfer void
Not used
Not used
Taxable amount 1
Tax 1
Tax exempt 1
Taxable amount 2
Tax 2
Tax exempt 2
Taxable amount 3
Tax 3
Tax exempt 3
Taxable amount 4
Tax 4
Tax exempt 4
Taxable amount 5
Tax 5
Tax exempt 5
Taxable amount 6
Tax 6
Tax exempt 6
Taxable amount 7
Tax 7
Tax exempt 7
Taxable amount 8
Tax 8
Tax exempt 8
Taxable amount 9
Tax 9
Tax exempt 9
Taxable amount 10
Tax 10
Tax exempt 10
Euro cash in drawer
Euro charge in drawer
Euro check in drawer
Euro credit in drawer

7-2-3-5. Group character
GROUP01
GROUP02
GROUP03

QT-2100 Programming Manual

0001-006 — Group character/Record No./File No.
0002-006
0003-006

P-173

Program 6
7-2-3-7. Special character
0001-023 — Special character/Record No./File No.
0002-023
0003-023

• @No / *
NoCTX
X
BUSY
:
:
T6 T7 T8 T9 T10

0058-023

Rec No.
Contents
U.S.
001 Amount symbol (3), @(2), No (2), split pricing (1),
Training filler (1)
Others
002 No. of item sold (2), Customer count (2), Square (6), Double sized customer count(6)
U.S.
003 Multiplication (6)
Recalling for a check (6)
Others
004 Taxable symbol 1 (3 each)
005 Taxable symbol 2 (3 each)
006 Taxable symbol 3 (3 each)
007 Foreign currency × 4 (2 each), Selective item symbol × 3 (1 each), Center dot (1)
008 Mode symbol 1 (4 each)
009 Mode symbol 2 (4 each)
010 Mode symbol 3 (4)
011 Decimal of amount, Decimal of quantity, Delimiter (1 each)
012 A.M., P.M. (3 each)
013 Slip continued (12), page (2)
014 Online password (8)
015 Display subtotal symbol (ST key) (16)
016 Subtotal symbol (16)
017 Total symbol (16)
018 Change symbol (16)
019 Check cashing fee (16)
020 Check cashing amount (16)
021 Bon message (16)
022 Not used
023 Check No. (12)
024 Service total (16)
025 Item discount total (16)
026 House Bon quantity of item (16)
027 Seat No. (16)
028 Total symbol (X/Z report) (16)
029 Clock-in symbol (16)
030 Clock-out symbol (16)
031 Break-in symbol (16)
032 Break-out symbol (16)
033 Job code symbol (16)
034 Work time symbol (16)
035 Break time symbol (16)
036 Tip declaration symbol (16)
037 Regular work hours (Employee report) (16)
038 Overtime work hours (Employee report) (16)
039 Employee report (1) (4 each)
040 Employee report (2) (4 each), Edit symbol (1)
041 Hourly labor pay (16)
042 Hourly labor proceeds (16)
043 Pay per transaction (16)
044 Euro amount symbol (3)
045 not used
046 Occupied new check (Open check report) (16)
047 Finalized check (Open check report) (16)
048 not used
049 not used
050 Unit price of shift PLU 1 (PLU report)
051 Unit price of shift PLU 2 (PLU report)
052 Unit price of shift PLU 3 (PLU report)
053 Unit price of shift PLU 4 (PLU report)
054 Unit price of shift PLU 5 (PLU report)
055 Unit price of shift PLU 6 (PLU report)
056 Unit price of shift PLU 7 (PLU report)
057 Unit price of shift PLU 8 (PLU report)
058 Taxable symbol 4 (3 each)

P-174

Descriptor
$ @No / *
• @No / *
NoCTX
COVERS
BUSY
X
BUSY
T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
T12T13T14
T23
T1
* * * *
•
REG RFR-MGR
Pn†X/Z
TRG
..,
AM PM
CONTINUED
P
SUBTOTAL
ST
TL
CG
CACG
** STUB **
CHECK No.
SRVC TL
DISCOUNT
HOUSE BON QTY
SEAT#
TL
CLOCK-IN
CLOCK-OUT
BREAK-IN
BREAK-OUT
JOB
WORK TIME
BREAK TIME
CASH TIP
REGULAR TIME
OVER TIME
IN OUT BRK JOB#
TIP WORK*
COST
NET SALES/HOUR
COST/TRANSACTION
EUREUR
NEW OPEN
FINALIZED
@1
@2
@3
@4
@5
@6
@7
@8
T6 T7 T8 T9 T10

7-2-3-8. Report header
0001-024 — Report header/Record No./File No.
0002-024
0003-024

FIXED TTL
FREE FUNCTION
SUB DEPT
:
:
TIME ATTENDANCE

0017-024
Rec No.
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
:
030

Contents
Fixed totalizer report
Transaction key report
Subdepartment report
PLU report
Department report
Group report
Cashier/clerk report
not used
Hourly sales report
Monthly sales report
Flash (Financial) report
Open check report
Table analysis report
PLU stock report
Void causal report
Electronic journal report
Time & Attendance
Hourly labor
Hourly item
not used
IDC (1) reset
IDC (2) reset
IDC (3) reset

Descriptor
FIXED TTL
FREE FUNCTION
SUB DEPT
PLU
DEPT
GROUP
CASHIER/CLERK
HOURLY
MONTHLY
FLASH
OPEN CHK
TABLE ANALYSIS
PLU STOCK
VOID REASON
E-JOURNAL
EMPLOYEE
HOURLY LABOR
HOURLY PRODUCT
IDC(1) Clear
IDC(2) Clear
IDC(3) Clear

not used

7-2-3-9. Endorse message
0001-033
ENDORSE MESSAGE
0002-033
ENDORSE MESSAGE
0003-033
ENDORSE MESSAGE
0004-033
ENDORSE MESSAGE

1

— Record No./File No.
— Endorse message

2
3
4

7-2-3-10. GT character
GT1
GT2
GT3

QT-2100 Programming Manual

0001-020 — GT character/Record No./File No.
0002-020
0003-020

P-175

Program 6
7-2-4

Machine feature
7-2-4-1. Pulldown group
LIST01

0001-026 — Record No./File No.
000000 000000 — 0000D168D167, D6~D1
0101-004 PLU0101
— Link PLU, PLU 2nd@ Record No./File No./Descriptor
0102-004 PLU0102
0103-004 PLU0103
:
:
0120-004 PLU0120

Description
Maximum number of stay down
Status = 0
The number of stay down = 1 ~ 8,
No limit = 9
Minimum number of stay down
Status = 0
The number of stay down = 1 ~ 8,
No limit = 9
PLU / Pulldown group
Record number (1)

Choice
Significant
number

Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers

:

D168

:

D167

::::

D166 D165 D164 D163

;

Always “0”

D162

PLU / Pulldown group
File number (1)

Significant
numbers

PLU / Pulldown group
Record number (2)

Significant
numbers

:::
D161D160D159

::::

D158 D157 D156 D155

;

Always “0”

D154

PLU / Pulldown group
File number (2)

Significant
numbers

:::

PLU / Pulldown group
Record number (20)

Significant
numbers

::::

PLU / Pulldown group
File number (20)

Significant
numbers

::::

Always “000000”

P-176

Program code

D153D152D151

D14 D13 D12 D11
D10 D9 D8 D7

; ~;
D6 ~ D1

7-2-4-2. Set menu table
0001-028
0001-004 PLU0001
0002-054 PLU0002
0003-004 PLU0003

— Record No./File No.
— Link PLU, PLU 2nd@, Pulldown group
Record No./File No./Descriptor

0002-028
0003-028
:
:

7-2-4-3. Arrangement
0001-038
0002-038
0003-038

— Record No./File No./Parameter

ABCDEF

:
:

7-2-4-4. Batch X/Z
001112151700000000 — Record No./File No./Parameter
101112151700000000
011112151700000000

0001-029
0002-029
0003-029
:
:

Description
Allow to issue read report.

a

Choice
Yes = 0
No = 1

Allow to issue reset report.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Read/Reset selection (direct issuance)

c

Read = 0
Reset = 4

Program code

:

(a+b+c)
D18

Reported area:
Daily area = 0, Periodic 1 area = 1,
Periodic 2 area = 2, Consolidation area = 3

Significant
number

:

Report code 1

Significant
numbers

::

Report code 2

Significant
numbers

::

Report code 3

Significant
numbers

::

Report code 4

Significant
numbers

::

Report code 5

Significant
numbers

::

Report code 6

Significant
numbers

::

Report code 7

Significant
numbers

::

Report code 8

Significant
numbers

::

QT-2100 Programming Manual

D17

D16 D15
D14 D13

D12 D11
D10 D9
D8 D7
D6 D5
D4 D3
D2 D1

P-177

Program 6
7-2-4-5. General feature
D12D11D10D9D8D7D6D5D4D3D2D1
220000000000 — Record No./File No./Parameter *
*
000000000000
*
000000000000
*
000000000000
*
000000002002
*
000000000200

0001-022
0002-022
0003-022
0004-022
0005-022
0006-022
:
:
0034-022
0035-022

064907570000
000000000000

*
*

*

Refer to each record format.

Record 0001-022
Description
Date order:
Year/Month/Day = 0/1, Day/Month/Year = 2, Month/Day/Year = 3

Choice
Significant
number (0 ~ 3)

Monetary mode:
0 = 0, º0 = 1, º00 = 2, º000 = 3

Significant
number (0 ~ 3)

Program code

:
D12

:
D11

Always “00000”

;;;;;

Always “00000”

;;;;;

D10 D9 D8 D7 D6
D5 D4 D3 D2 D1

Record 0002-022
Description
Machine number

P-178

Choice
Significant
number

Program code

::::
D4 D3 D2 D1

Record 0003-022
Description
Reset consecutive number after daily fixed totalizer reset report
is issued.

Choice
Yes = 1
No = 0

Program code

:
D8

;

Always “0”

D7

::::::

Consecutive number start value:

D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1

Record 0004-022
Description
Rounding:
No rounding = 0, IF1 = 1, IF2 = 2, Denmark = 3,
Norway = 4, Singapore = 5
Tax system:
VAT = 0, US = 1, Canada = 2,
Singapore = 3

Choice

Program code

Significant
number (0 ~ 5)

:

Significant
number (0 ~ 3)

Cash drawer opening:
1 Immediately when the transaction is finalized.
2 After validation compulsory is released.

Always “00”

QT-2100 Programming Manual

D9
D8

a
b

Yes = 0
No = 2
1=0
2=4

:

(a+b)
D7

;;

Always “00”

High amount limit specification for money in drawer amount.
(Sentinel function)

:
:

Always “0”
Allow amount tender in RF/REG– mode operation.

D10

D6 D5

Maximum
value (0 ~ 9)
Number 0f
zeros (0 ~ 9)

::
D4 D3

;;
D2 D1

P-179

Program 6
Record 0005-022
Description

Choice
No = 0
Yes = 1

Always issu a receipt.
Print total line during finalization.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Time system:
1 24 hour system, 2 12 hour system

b

1=0
2=2

Feed one line after issuing receipt.

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

D11

:

(a+b+c)
D10

D9

Breakdown set menu printing.
(Receipt, slip, guest receipt and display)

Yes = 0
No = 4

:
D8

;;;

Always “000”

D7 D6 D5

Print number of item sold.

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Print tax symbols.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Print finalization of single item receipt.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

:

(a+b+c)
D4

;

Always “0”

P-180

:

;

Always “0”

Print customer header by double sized character.

Program code

D3

a

No = 0
Yes = 2

Print unit price on receipt.

b

No = 0
Yes = 4

Print clear key operation.

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Print number of customers on header.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Print PLU No. on receipt.

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

:

(a+b)
D2

:

(a+b+c)
D1

Record 0006-022
Description
Follow the taxable status and commission status of +/– to the
previous item.

a

Choice
Yes = 0
No = 1

Restrict 0 or 5 on the last digit.

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Display operator guidance.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Program code

:

(a+b+c)
D12

;

Always “0”

D11
Accumulate to periodic totals after daily reset operation.

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Force to declare the money in drawer. (Inline X/Z)

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Force to declare the money in drawer.

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

Force to press subtotal before finalization.

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Allow credit balance while finalization.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Allow multiple refund/register minus mode operation.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Affect the result of +/–, %+/%– to the item.

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Include add-on tax in net total.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Include commission in net total.
Sounds key confirmation tone.
Allow to issue post receipt, even if the original one is issued.

a
b

Yes = 0
No = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 4

Connect slit drawer.
Prohibit registration when the stock quantity becomes negative.

Yes = 0
No = 2

a

Yes = 0
No = 2

Alert when the stock quantity becomes under minimum stock
quantity.

b

No = 0
Yes = 4

Affect to stock quantity even if the refund operation.

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Merge refund item registration to the original one.
(Item consolidation)

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Allow one registration of +/–, %+/%– per one transaction.

c

No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1

Round on the least significant digit of %+/%– registration.
Allow numeric entry while compulsory drawer opening.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Use  key to select an item.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

PLU numbering:
By memory No. (Sequential) = 0, By random code = 4

c

Significant
number

QT-2100 Programming Manual

:

(a+b+c)
D10

:

(a+b+c)
D9

:

(a+b)
D8

:
D7

:

(a+b)
D6

:
D5

:

(a+b)
D4

:

(a+b+c)
D3

:
D2

:

(a+b+c)
D1

P-181

Program 6
Record 0008-022
Description
Print gross total.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Print net total.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Print cash in drawer.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Print cash in drawer difference. (future)

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Print charge in drawer.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Print charge in drawer difference. (future)

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Print check in drawer.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Print check in drawer difference. (future)

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Print credit in drawer.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Print credit in drawer difference. (future)

Yes = 0
No = 1

Print refund mode total.

Yes = 0
No = 4

Print number of customers.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Print average sales per customer.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Print check cashing fee total.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Print new balance fee total.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Print commission 1 total.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Print commission 2 total.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Print foreign currency in drawer.

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

Print discount total.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Print refund total.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Print clear counter.

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

Print rounding total.
Always “00”

P-182

Choice

Yes = 0
No = 2

Program code

:

(a+b+c)
D12

:

(a+b+c)
D11

:

(a+b+c)
D10

:
D9

:
D8

:

(a+b)
D7

:

(a+b)
D6

:

(a+b+c)
D5

:

(a+b+c)
D4

:
D3

;;
D2 D1

Record 0009-022
Description
Print taxable amount 1.

a

Print tax 1.

b

Print tax exempt 1.

c

Print taxable amount 2.

a

Print tax 2.

b

Print tax exempt 2.

c

Print taxable amount 3.

a

Print tax 3.

b

Print tax exempt 3.

c

Print taxable amount 4.

a

Print tax 4.

b

Print tax exempt 4.

c

Print taxable amount 5.

a

Print tax 5.

b

Print tax exempt 5.

c

Print taxable amount 6.

a

Print tax 6.

b

Print tax exempt 6.

c

Print taxable amount 7.

a

Print tax 7.

b

Print tax exempt 7.

c

Print taxable amount 8.

a

Print tax 8.

b

Print tax exempt 8.

c

Print taxable amount 9.

a

Print tax 9.

b

Print tax exempt 9.

c

Print taxable amount 10.

a

Print tax 10.

b

Print tax exempt 10.

c

QT-2100 Programming Manual

Choice
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4

Program code

:

(a+b+c)
D10

:

(a+b+c)
D9

:

(a+b+c)
D8

:

(a+b+c)
D7

:

(a+b+c)
D6

:

(a+b+c)
D5

:

(a+b+c)
D4

:

(a+b+c)
D3

:

(a+b+c)
D2

:

(a+b+c)
D1

P-183

Program 6
Record 0010-022
Description
Print taxable amount 1.

a

Choice
Yes = 0
No = 1

Print taxable amount 2.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Print taxable amount 3.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Print taxable amount 4.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Print taxable amount 5.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Print taxable amount 6.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Print taxable amount 7.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Print taxable amount 8.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Print taxable amount 9.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Print taxable amount 10.

Yes = 0
No = 1

(a+b+c)
D12

:

:

(a+b+c)
D11

:

(a+b+c)
D10

:
D9

;;;

Always “000”

D8 D7 D6

1=0
2=1

:

Till timer (00 ~ 59 minutes)

Significant
numbers

::

Till timer (00 ~ 59 seconds)

Significant
numbers

::

Prohibit registration,
1 while all drawers open, 2 while clerk’s own drawer opens.

P-184

Program code

D5

D4 D3
D2 D1

Record 0012-022
Description

Choice
Yes = 0
No = 1

Print grand total 1 (periodic 1 & 2 report).

a

Print grand total 2 (periodic 1 & 2 report).

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Print grand total 3 (periodic 1 & 2 report).

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Print grand total 1 (daily report).

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Print grand total 2 (daily report).

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Print grand total 3 (daily report).

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Program code

:

(a+b+c)
D6

:

(a+b+c)
D5

;;;

Always “000”

D4 D3 D2

Yes = 0
No = 1

Print the average of the monthly report.

:
D1

Record 0013-022
Description

Choice
No = 0
Yes = 1

Broadcast the program data after completion of a program.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Reset Z collection/consolidation result.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Copy stock quantity from consolidation file to daily file after
Z consolidation.

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

Retry to poll the terminal which has not responded for the first
polling.

a

Yes = 0
No = 2

b

Always “0000”

QT-2100 Programming Manual

Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 4

Print report before Z collection/consolidation.

Add to the consolidation file after Z operation.

D12

D11 D10 D9

Print Z collection/consolidation result.

Source file selection:
1 Terminal file, 2 Consolidation file

:
;;;

Always “000”

Allow inline master operation.

Program code

a
b

1=0
2=1
Yes = 0
No = 4

:

(a+b+c)
D8

:

(a+b)
D7

:
D6

:

(a+b)
D5

;;;;
D4 D3 D2 D1

P-185

Program 6
Record 0014-022
Description
Print/Display fixed totalizer read report.

a

Choice
Print = 0
Display = 1

Print/Display transaction read report.

b

Print = 0
Display = 2

Print/Display department/subdepartment read report.

c

Print = 0
Display = 4

Print/Display PLU/stock read report.

a

Print = 0
Display = 1

Print/Display group read report.

b

Print = 0
Display = 4

Print/Display clerk read report.

a

Print = 0
Display = 1

Print/Display hourly/monthly read report.

b

Print = 0
Display = 2

Print/Display open check read report.

c

Print = 0
Display = 4

Print/Display table analysis read report.

a

Print = 0
Display = 1

Print/Display journal memory read report.

b

Print = 0
Display = 4

Print/Display hourly item read report.

a

Print = 0
Display = 1

Print/Display employee read report.

b

Print = 0
Display = 2

Print/Display hourly/labor read report.

c

Print = 0
Display = 4

P-186

:

(a+b+c)
D12

:

(a+b)
D11

:

(a+b+c)
D10

:

(a+b)
D9

:

(a+b+c)
D8

;

Always “0”.

D7

Print/Display fixed totalizer reset report.

a

Print = 0
Display = 1

Print/Display transaction reset report.

b

Print = 0
Display = 2

Print/Display department/subdepartment reset report.

c

Print = 0
Display = 4

Print/Display PLU/stock reset report.

a

Print = 0
Display = 1

Print/Display group reset report.

b

Print = 0
Display = 4

Print/Display clerk reset report.

a

Print = 0
Display = 1

Print/Display hourly/monthly reset report.

b

Print = 0
Display = 2

Print/Display open check reset report.

c

Print = 0
Display = 4

Print/Display table analysis reset report.

a

Print = 0
Display = 1

Print/Display E-journal reset report.

b

Print = 0
Display = 4

Print/Display hourly item reset report.

a

Print = 0
Display = 1

Print/Display employee reset report.

b

Print = 0
Display = 2

Print/Display hourly/labor reset report.

c

Print = 0
Display = 4

Print/Display employee activity read report.

a

Print = 0
Display = 2

Print/Display financial report.

Program code

b

Print = 0
Display = 4

:

(a+b+c)
D6

:

(a+b)
D5

:

(a+b+c)
D4

:

(a+b)
D3

:

(a+b+c)
D2

:

(a+b)
D1

Record 0015-022
Description
Zero-skip department/subdepartment report.

a

Choice
Yes = 0
No = 1

Zero-skip clerk report.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Zero-skip transaction report.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Zero-skip PLU report.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Zero-skip hourly report.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Zero-skip group report.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Zero-skip monthly report.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Zero-skip table analysis report.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Zero-skip hourly item report.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Zero-skip hourly labor report.

Yes = 0
No = 1

Zero-skip shift PLU.

:

(a+b)
D12

:

(a+b+c)
D11

:

(a+b+c)
D10

:

(a+b)
D9

:
D8

;;

Always “00”

D7 D6

No = 0
Yes = 4

Print PLU No. on the PLU report.
Print sales ratio.

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Issue double Z report.

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Print the recalculate amount of taxable amount and tax amount.

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

Print consecutive No. range of the day on the fixed total report.

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Reset stock after batch reset report.

b

No = 0
Yes = 4

Print reset counter.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Print item discount totalizer.

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Printing order of PLU report:
1 Memory No. (sequential), 2 Random code

c

1=0
2=4

Always “0”

Program code

:
D5

:

(a+b+c)
D4

:

(a+b)
D3

:

(a+b+c)
D2

;
D1

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-187

Program 6
Record 0016-022
Description

Choice

Program code

Significant
number

::::

Interval time of hourly report (00 ~ 23 hours)
Interval time of hourly report (00 ~ 59 minutes):
(“0000” treats as 01:00.)
Start time of hourly report (00 ~ 23 hours)
Significant
number
Start time of hourly report (00 ~ 59 minutes)

P-188

D8 D7 D6 D5

::::
D4 D3 D2 D1

Record 0017-022
Description

Choice

Money declaration compulsory (cash). (future)

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Money declaration compulsory (charge). (future)

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Money declaration compulsory (check). (future)

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

Money declaration compulsory (credit). (future)

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Print double-hight characters in UP-350.

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Classify registered items by group in receipt.

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Classify registered items by department in receipt.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Classified item printing format:
1 Total, 2 Detail with total

c

1=0
2=4

Include VAT amount in commission subtotal.

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Print total line in classified item printing.
Rounding of commission:
Round off = 0, cut off = 1, round up = 2

Significant
number

Append two zeros in unit price programming.

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Capture the details of the copy guest receipt in electronic journal.

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Skip the consecutive No. of the electronic journal.

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

Print date on receipt.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Print date on journal.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Print consecutive number on receipt/journal.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Print time on receipt.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Print time on journal.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Merge the same department/PLU registration on receipt.
(Item consolidation)

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

Auto-cut receipt/report.
Always “0”

QT-2100 Programming Manual

No = 0
Yes = 1

Program code

:

(a+b+c)
D10

:

(a+b)
D9

:

(a+b+c)
D8

:

(a+b)
D7

:
D6

:

(a+b+c)
D5

:

(a+b+c)
D4

:

(a+b+c)
D3

:
D2

;
D1

P-189

Program 6
Record 0018-022
Description
Maximum printing lines of slip (00 ~ 99)

Choice

Program code

Significant
numbers

D10 D9

Classify registered items by group on slip & guest receipt.

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Classify registered items by department on slip & guest receipt.

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Classified item printing format:
1 Total, 2 Detail with total

c

1=0
2=4
Yes = 0
No = 2

Print total line in classified item printing format.

P-190

:
D7
D6

Slip back feed after slip printing. *

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Slip back feed after validation printing. *

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Slip back feed after check printing/check endorsement printing. *

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

Print date on slip & guest receipt.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Print time on slip & guest receipt.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Print consecutive No. on slip & guest receipt.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Slip print range:
1 From the top of the transaction, 2 This receipt

a

1=0
2=1

Enable slip auto line find.

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Merge the same department/PLU registration on slip &
guest receipt. (Item consolidation)

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

* These programs are only effective for SP-1300.

:

(a+b+c)
D8

;

Always “0”

Slip auto feed lines.

::

Significant
numbers

:

(a+b+c)
D5

:

(a+b+c)
D4

:

(a+b+c)
D3

::
D2 D1

Record 0019-022
Description

Choice

Program code

Record operations in training mode on journal/electronic journal.

Yes = 0
No = 2

D2

Alert electronic journal memory near-end/full error.

Yes = 0
No = 1

:
:
D1

Record 0020-022
Description
Print receipt logo message.

a

Choice
No = 0
Yes = 1

Print receipt commercial message.

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Print receipt bottom message.

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

Print slip commercial message.

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Print slip bottom message.

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Print slip intermediate message.

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

Print bill top message.

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Print bill copy message.

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Print bill bottom message.

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

Receipt logo data:
1 Character type, 2 Graphic type

a

1=0
2=1

Print commercial message on X/Z report.

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Program code

:

(a+b+c)
D12

:

(a+b+c)
D11

:

(a+b+c)
D10

:

(a+b)
D9

Always “0000”

;;;;

Always “0000”

;;;;

QT-2100 Programming Manual

D8 D7 D6 D5
D4 D3 D2 D1

P-191

Program 6
Record 0021-022
Description
Print order with order character.

a

Choice
No = 0
Yes = 1

Program code

(a+b)
D12

:

Print order with amount.

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Print double bon message.

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

b

No = 0
Yes = 4

(a+b)
D11

Yes = 0
No = 1

:

Breakdown set menu printing on order.
Alert when the order printer is down.

:

D10

;~;

Always “00000”

D9 ~ D5

a

No = 0
Yes = 2

Print hyphens.

b

No = 0
Yes = 4

Output orders during training.

a

No = 0
Yes = 2

b

No = 0
Yes = 4

(a+b)
D3

No. of feed lines before order cutting. (0 ~ 9)

Significant
number

:

No. of feed lines after order cutting. (0 ~ 9)

Significant
number

:

Choice
Significant
numbers

Program code

Cut order.

Merge the same department/PLU registration on order receipt.
(Item consolidation)

:

(a+b)
D4

:

D2
D1

Record 0022-022
Description
Start record number of scanning PLU link.

::::
D12 D11 D10 D9

;~;

Always “00000000”

D8 ~ D1

Record 0025-022
Description
Number of details for post entry (0 ~ 9)
Calculate detail item prices in set menu.
(If “No”, calculate only quantity and stock.)
Set menu / Pulldown link type:
Fine dining = 1, Fast food = 2, Fine dining quantity = 3

P-192

Choice
Significant
number

Program code

Yes = 0
No = 2

:

Significant
number

:

:
D3
D2
D1

Record 0026-022
Description

Choice
1=0
2=1

Program code

1=0
2=4

(a+b)
D9

Tax calculation by new balance.

No = 0
Yes = 1

:

Print previous balance, when registering old check.

Yes = 0
No = 2

:

Check tracking method:
1 Check No., 2 Table No.
Maximum digit of check No.:
1 6-digit, 2 12-digit

a
b

:

D8
D7

;;;

Always “000”

D6 D5 D4

No = 0
Yes = 4

Merge the same department/PLU registration by old check.
(Item consolidation)
Display detail items of the previous check
when registering .
Item consolidation when registering .
Capture the item data

a
b

Yes = 0
No = 1

:
D3

;

No = 0
Yes = 1

(a+b)
D2

No = 0
Yes = 1

:

Choice

Program code

D1

Record 0027-022
Description
Enable clerk interrupt.

No = 0
Yes = 1

Enable to register a clerk who has no clerk number.

No = 0
Yes = 4

:
D12

:
D11

Always “0000”

;;;;

Always “0000”

;;;;

D10 D9 D8 D7
D6 D5 D4 D3

Auto sign-off timer.
(00 ~ 99 seconds, “00” means no auto sign-off.)

Significant
numbers

::
D2 D1

Record 0028-022
Description

Choice

Back light off timer (00 ~ 59 minutes, “00” means never turn off.)

Significant
numbers

QT-2100 Programming Manual

Program code

::
D2 D1

P-193

Program 6
Record 0029-022
Description
Sheet No. of the 1st parent menu sheet.

Choice

Program code

Significant
number

D12

Summed up menu sheet 1 to parent 1.

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Summed up menu sheet 2 to parent 1.

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Summed up menu sheet 3 to parent 1.

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

Summed up menu sheet 4 to parent 1.

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Summed up menu sheet 5 to parent 1.

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Summed up menu sheet 6 to parent 1.

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

Summed up menu sheet 7 to parent 1.

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Summed up menu sheet 8 to parent 1.

b

No = 0
Yes = 2
Significant
number

Sheet No. of the 2nd parent menu sheet.
Summed up menu sheet 1 to parent 2.

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Summed up menu sheet 2 to parent 2.

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Summed up menu sheet 3 to parent 2.

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

Summed up menu sheet 4 to parent 2.

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Summed up menu sheet 5 to parent 2.

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Summed up menu sheet 6 to parent 2.

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

Summed up menu sheet 7 to parent 2.

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Summed up menu sheet 8 to parent 2.

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Reset child menu sheets with parent menu sheet together.

P-194

:

(a+b+c)
D11

:

(a+b+c)
D10

:

(a+b)
D9

:
D8

:

(a+b+c)
D7

:

(a+b+c)
D6

:

(a+b)
D5

;;;

Always “000”
Sum up manu sheets to one sheet.

:

D4 D3 D2

a
b

No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2

:

(a+b)
D1

Record 0031-022
Description

Choice

Enable quantity extension of touch PLU.

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Enable quantity extension of touch subdepartment.

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Enable quantity extension of touch department.

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

Program code

:

(a+b+c)
D12

Always “000000”

;;;;;;

Always “00000”

;;;;;

D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6
D5 D4 D3 D2 D1

Record 0032-022
Description

Choice

Start PLU number of 1st menu sheet

Significant
numbers

Start PLU number of 2nd menu sheet

Significant
numbers

Start PLU number of 3rd menu sheet

Significant
numbers

Program code

::::
D12 D11 D10 D9

::::
D8 D7 D6 D5

::::
D4 D3 D2 D1

Record 0033-022
Description

Choice

Start PLU number of 4th menu sheet

Significant
numbers

Start PLU number of 5th menu sheet

Significant
numbers

Start PLU number of 6th menu sheet

Significant
numbers

Program code

::::
D12 D11 D10 D9

::::
D8 D7 D6 D5

::::
D4 D3 D2 D1

Record 0034-022
Description

Choice

Start PLU number of 7th menu sheet

Significant
numbers

Start PLU number of 8th menu sheet

Significant
numbers

Always “0000”

QT-2100 Programming Manual

Program code

::::
D12 D11 D10 D9

::::
D8 D7 D6 D5

;;;;
D4 D3 D2 D1

P-195

Program 6
Record 0035-022
Description
Full aged employee:
Weekly work time (00 ~ 99 hours)

Choice
Significant
numbers

::::

Significant
numbers

::::

Weekly work time (00 ~ 59 minutes)
Minor employee:
Weekly work time (00 ~ 99 hours)

Program code

Weekly work time (00 ~ 59 minute)
Allow EMPLOYEE Z even if employee are not clocked-out.

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Use Weekly / Bi-weekly

b

Weekly = 0
Bi-weekly = 2

Enable clerk to sign on after clock-in

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

D12 D11 D10 D9

D8 D7 D6 D5

:

(a+b+c)
D4

;

Always “0”

D3

Recognize break time as work time
Rounding of work hours
• No rounding = 0,
• per 10 minutes = 1; 00 ~ 04 = 00, 05 ~ 09 = 10 (min.),
• per 15 minutes = 2; 00 ~ 07 = 00, 08 ~ 14 = 15 (min.),
• per 20 minutes = 3; 00 ~ 10 = 00, 11 ~ 19 = 20 (min.),
• per 30 minutes = 4; 00 ~ 15 = 00, 16 ~ 29 = 30 (min.)

No = 0
Yes = 1

Significant
number

:
D2

:
D1

Record 0036-022
Description
Reset the Store/Recall starting number. (after Open check Z)

Choice
No = 0
Yes = 1

Store/Recall starting number (0000 = 0001) *

Significant
numbers

Store/Recall ending number (0000 = 9999) *

Significant
numbers

Program code

:
D9

::::
D8 D7 D6 D5

::::
D4 D3 D2 D1

* Be sure that all terminals have common value.
* The starting number should be smaller than the ending number.

Record 0037-022
Description
Auto check starting number (0000 = 0001) *

Significant
numbers

Auto check ending number (0000 = 9999) *

Significant
numbers

* Be sure that all terminals have common value.
* The starting number should be smaller than the ending number.

P-196

Choice

Program code

::::
D8 D7 D6 D5

::::
D4 D3 D2 D1

7-2-4-6. Scheduler
D16D15D14D13D12D11D10D9D8D7D6D5D4D3D2D1
0001-062
0002-062
0003-062
0004-062

0000000000000000 — Record No./File No./Parameter (D28 ~ D13)
000000000000 — Parameter (D12 ~ D1)
0000000000000000
000000000000
0000000000000000
000000000000
0000000000000000
000000000000

Description
Scheduler start time (00:00 ~ 23:59)

Choice
Significant
numbers

Scheduler end time (00:00 ~ 23:59)

Significant
numbers

::::
D24 D23 D22 D21
D20

Interval control 1:
Daily = 0, Weekly = 1, Monthly = 2

Significant
number

Interval control 2:
Daily; No meaning
Weekly; Define day of a week
00; Sunday, 01; Monday, 02; Tuesday, 03; Wednesday,
04; Thursday, 05; Friday, 06; Saturday
Monthly; Define date, 01 ~ 31, 99 means the end of the month

Significant
numbers

Interval time (00:00 ~ 23:59)

Significant
numbers

:
D19

::
D18 D17

::::
D16 D15 D14 D13

;

Always “0”

D12

Arrangement table No.

Significant
numbers

Arrangement file No.

Significant
numbers

QT-2100 Programming Manual

D28 D27 D26 D25

;

Always “0”

Always “0000”

Program code

::::

::::
D11 D10 D9 D8

:::
D7 D6 D5

;;;;
D4 D3 D2 D1

P-197

Program 6
7-2-4-7. Check print
D6D5D4D3D2D1
000000 — Record No./File No./Parameter
000000
000000
000000

0001-041
0002-041
0003-041
0004-041

Description

Choice

Define printing data:
1; Printing amount
2; Printing amount (double size)
3; Printing date
4; Printing date (double size)
5; Check endorsement message 1st line
6; Check endorsement message 2nd line
7; Check endorsement message 3rd line
8; Check endorsement message 4th line

Program code

:

Significant
number

Feed before printing.

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Feed direction

b

Normal = 0
Reverse = 2

Feed 1 line after printing.

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

No. of feed lines before printing (0 ~ 9)

Significant
number

Printing offset digits (00 ~ 49)

Significant
numbers

D5

:

(a+b+c)
D4

:
D3

::
D2 D1

7-2-4-8. Table analysis
D6D5D4D3D2D1
TBL01

TBL02

P-198

0001-018 — Table analysis descriptor/Record No./File No.
000000 — Parameter (Minimum check No.)
000000 — Parameter (Maximum check No.)
0002-018
000000
000000

Description
Minimum check No. of the group
(“0” means “1.”)

Choice

Program code

Significant
numbers

::::::

Maximum check No. of the group
(“000000” means no programming.)

Significant
numbers

::::::

D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1

7-2-4-9. Tax table

0001-025
TX1
TX1
TX1
TX1
0002-025
TX2
TX2
TX2
TX2

7-2-4-10.

10%
0000
50
02

— Record No./File No.
— Tax rate
— Table maximum value
— Rounding code
— Table attribution

10%
0000
50
02

Void table

001-012 — Void reason character/Record No./File No.
000000 — Parameter
002-012
000000

Mistake
Out of Date

Description
Return stock value.

7-2-4-11.

Choice
Yes = 0
No = 1

Program code

:
D1

System connection

0001-901
0002-901
0003-901
0004-901

020101000000 — Record No./File No./Id character/Parameter
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000

MC #01

Description

Choice

Program code

::::::
Logical ID characters (within 12 characters)

Significant
characters

D24 D23 D22 D21 D20 D19

::::::
D18 D17 D16 D15 D14 D13

Terminal:
Oneself = 02, Others = 01

Significant
numbers

Check tracking master/backup master (program value):
Master = 01, Backup master = 02, Self master = 03, Satellite = 00

Significant
numbers

Check tracking master/backup master (current value):
Master = 01, Backup master = 02, Self master = 03, Satellite = 00

Significant
numbers

QT-2100 Programming Manual

D12 D11

::
D10 D9

::
D8 D7

;;;;;

Always “00000”
Check tracking cluster number (0 ~ 9)
(“0” means no designation.)

::

D6 D5 D4 D3 D2

Significant
number

:
D1

P-199

Program 6
7-2-4-12.

I/O parameter

0000000000 — Record No./File No./Parameter
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000

0001-902
0002-902
0003-902
0004-902

Record 0001
Description
Inline baud rate:
312kbps = 0*, 156kbps = 1
*

Choice
Significant
number

Program code

:
D1

For INLINE 2 (CAT5) cable, select 312kbps only.

Record 0002
Description
Online baud rate: 115200bps = 0,1
57600bps = 2,
38400bps = 3,
19200bps = 4,
9600bps = 5,
4800bps = 6,
2400bps = 7

Choice

Program code

Significant
number

:

Activation signal (trigger):
DR = 0, CI = 1

Significant
number

:

Choice

Program code

D2
D1

Record 0003
Description

;

Always “0”

D1

Record 0004
Description
No. of offset digits of slip/validation printing by SA-3015 (00 ~ 24)

Choice
Significant
numbers

P-200

::
D10D9

;;;

Always “000”
Use SA-3015 printer for slip printing:

Program code

D8 D7 D6

No = 0
Yes = 1

:
D5

:

Using RS-232C port for printer:
COM4 = 0, COM5 = 5, COM6 = 6

Significant
number

Baud rate of the RS-232C port for printer:
19200bps = 0, 9600bps = 1

Significant
number

:

Using printer connected to RS-232C port: No printer = 99
• UP-350 = 00
• SA-3015 = 01
• UP-250 = 02

Significant
numbers

::

D4
D3

D2 D1

Record 0005
Description
No. of offset digits of slip/validation printing by SA-3015 (00 ~ 24)

Choice
Significant
numbers

Program code

::
D10D9

;;;

Always “000”

D8 D7 D6

Use SA-3015 printer for slip printing:

No = 0
Yes = 1

:
D5

:

Using RS-232C port for printer:
COM5 = 0, COM4 = 4, COM6 = 6

Significant
number

Baud rate of the RS-232C port for printer:
19200bps = 0, 9600bps = 1

Significant
number

:

Using printer connected to RS-232C port: No printer = 99
• UP-350 = 00
• SA-3015 = 01
• UP-250 = 02

Significant
numbers

::

D4
D3

D2 D1

Record 0006
Description

Choice

Rear display:
Connected * = 1, Not connected = 0

Significant
number

Remote display:
Connected * = 1, Not connected = 0

Significant
number

Program code

:
D2

:
D1

* You can connect either rear or remote display.

Record 0007
Description
Display color:
White line/black ground = 0, Black line/white ground = 1

Choice
Significant
number

Program code

Choice

Program code

:
D1

Record 0008
Description

;

Always “0”

D1

Record 0009
Description

Choice

Parity:
Even = 0, Non = 1, Odd = 2

Significant
number

Bit:
7 bit = 0, 8 bit = 1

Significant
number

Scanner:
Connect = 2, No = 0

Significant
number

Baud rate:
2400 bps = 0, 9600 bps = 1, 4800 bps = 2

Significant
number

QT-2100 Programming Manual

Program code

:
D4

:
D3

:
D2

:
D1

P-201

Program 6
Record 0010
Description
Using RS-232C port for printer:
No printer = 0, COM2 = 2 (COM 4 = 4, COM 5 = 5, COM 6 = 6)

Choice
Significant
number

Baud rate of the RS-232C port for slip printer:
No printer = 0, 9600bps = 1

Significant
number

SP-1300:
Connect = 70, No = 00

Significant
number

Program code

:
D4

:
D3

::
D2 D1

Record 0011
Description
No. of offset digits of slip/validation printing by SA-3015 (00 ~ 24)

Choice
Significant
numbers

P-202

::
D10D9

;;;

Always “000”
Use SA-3015 printer for slip printing:

Program code

D8 D7 D6

No = 0
Yes = 1

:
D5

:

Using RS-232C port for printer:
COM6 = 0, COM4 = 4, COM5 = 5

Significant
number

Baud rate of the RS-232C port for printer:
19200bps = 0, 9600bps = 1

Significant
number

:

Using printer connected to RS-232C port: No printer = 99
• UP-350 = 00
• SA-3015 = 01
• UP-250 = 02

Significant
numbers

::

D4
D3

D2 D1

7-2-4-13. Printer definition
0001-903
0002-903

MC
MC
MC
MC

#01
#02
#01
#01

01 — Record No./File No./Printer Name/Attribution

/1
/2
/10
/2

50

:
:

Description
Kind of printer:
No = 00, R/J = 01, Report = 02, Order#1 = 50,
Order#2 = 51, … Order#7 = 56

Choice
Significant
numbers

ECR ID characters connecting with main printer
(within 12 characters)

Significant
characters

ECR ID characters connecting with backup printer
(within 12 characters)

Significant
characters

Main printer number:
Printer (1) = 00 or 01, Printer (2) = 02, Printer (3) = 03

Significant
numbers

Backup printer number:
Printer (1) = 00 or 01, Printer (2) = 02, Printer (3) = 03

Significant
numbers

Program code

::
D30 D29

: ~:
D28 ~ D17

: ~:
D16 ~ D5

::
D4 D3

::
D2 D1

7-2-4-14. Time Zone
000000000000 — Record No./File No./Significant number
000000000000

0001-800
0001-800
:

Description

Choice

Program code

Zone start time (hour)

00 ~23

::

Zone start time (minute) (00~59)

00 ~ 59

::

Zone end time (hour) (00~23)

00 ~ 23

::

Zone end time (minute) (00~59)

00 ~ 59

::

Zone cycle (hour) (00~23)

00 ~ 23

::

00, 15, 30, 45

::

Zone cycle (minute) (00, 15, 30, 45)

QT-2100 Programming Manual

D12 D11
D10 D9
D8 D7
D6 D5
D4 D3
D2 D1

P-203

Program 6
7-2-4-15. Employee

HARRISON

123456
9999999999

CLAPTON

000001
0000000000

0001-801
0001020304
HARRISON
0002-801
0000000000
--------

— Employee#/Character/Record No./File No.
— Social security No./Program (D12~D3)
— Clerk character

— (No clerk character is set.)

:

Description
Employee No. (within a 6-digits: 000000~999999)
(“000000” means no select number)
Reading “zero” can be ignored. eg) 001234 → 1234

Significant
number

Character (16-degits)

Significant
character

Social security No. (within a 10-digits)
Reading “zero” cannot be ignored. eg) 0001234567 → 0001234567

Significant
number

Specify job code

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Clock-in without job code or with undefined Job

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Use the job code window during clock-in operation

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

Enable to clock-in with ignoring the schedule

a

No = 0
Yes = 2

Minor employee

P-204

Choice

b

No = 0
Yes = 1

Job code 1 (00 ~ 99)
(“00” means no select number)

Significant
number

Job code 2 (00 ~ 99)
(“00” means no select number)

Significant
number

Job code 3 (00 ~ 99)
(“00” means no select number)

Significant
number

Job code 4 (00 ~ 99)
(“00” means no select number)

Significant
number

Cashier/clerk record number (00 ~ 99)

Significant
number

Program code

: ~:
D44 ~ D39

: ~:
D38 ~ D23

: ~:
D22 ~ D13

:

(a+b+c)
D12

:

(a+b)
D11

::
D10 D9

::
D8 D7

::
D6 D5

::
D4 D3

::
D2 D1

7-2-4-16. Job Code
COOK
00

@9999.99

JOB#2
00

@0.00

0001-802 — Character/Record No./File No.
12.34 — Programming (D12D11) /Pay rate/Overtime pay ratio
0002-802
0.00

:

Description
Character (within a 16-digit) (No character means no setting.)
Tip declaration compulsory during clock-out operation

Choice
Significant
character
No = 0
Yes = 1

: ~:
D28 ~ D13

:
D12

;

Always “0”

D11

Pay rate ($0.00 ~ $9999.99)

Significant
number

Overtime pay ratio (0.00 ~ 99.99)
(“0.00” means “1.00”)

Significant
number

QT-2100 Programming Manual

Program code

: ~:
D10 ~ D5

::::
D4 D3 D2 D1

P-205

Program 6
7-2-4-17. Schedule
Monday
JOB#1

(1)

Monday
JOB#2

(2)

0001-803 — Day of the week/Shift No./Rec#~File#
000000000000 — Job character/Programming (D20 ~ D9)
00000000 — Programming (D8 ~ D1)
0002-803
000000000000
00000000
:

Description

P-206

Job code (00 ~ 99)
(“00” means no select number)

Choice
Significant
number

Start time (hour) (00 ~ 23)

Significant
number

Start time (minute) (00 ~ 59)

Significant
number

End time (hour) (00 ~ 23)

Significant
number

End time (minute) (00 ~ 59)

Significant
number

Break time (hour) (00 ~ 23)

Significant
number

Break time (minute) (00 ~ 59)

Significant
number

Grace before start (minute) (00 ~ 99)

Significant
number

Grace after start (minute) (00 ~ 99)

Significant
number

Grace before end (minute) (00 ~ 99)

Significant
number

Grace after end (minute) (00 ~ 99)

Significant
number

Program code

::
D22 D21

::
D20 D19

::
D18 D17

::
D16 D15

::
D14 D13

::
D12 D11

::
D10 D9

::
D8 D7

::
D6 D5

::
D4 D3

::
D2 D1

7-2-4-18. IDC Link
0001-804

0001-004 PLU0001

0001-804

0001-026 PLU0001

— Record No./File No./Target Record No.-File No./Character
1010 — Programming (D12 ~ D9)
2000

:

Description

Choice

Always “0”
Specify IDC Link file
No link=0, IDC(1)=1, IDC(2)=2, IDC(3)=3

Program code

;
D12

Significant
number

:
D11

;

Always “0”

D10

Target for IDC:
All transactions=0, Only item/function=1

Significant
number

:

Record No. of the target for IDC

Significant
number

::::

QT-2100 Programming Manual

D8 D7 D6 D5

;

Always “0”
File No. of the target for IDC

D9

D4

Significant
number

:::
D3 D2 D1

P-207

Program 6
7-2-5

Clerk
7-2-5-1. Clerk feature
C01

01-067
02-067
03-067
04-067
05-067
06-067
07-067
08-067
09-067
10-067
11-067
068
069
C02

001-007
0001
00
000111
0000040000
0000000000
0000000000
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000
00000000
000000000000
002-007
0002

— Clerk name/Record No./File No.
— Clerk secret code
— Drawer No.
— Clerk No. for clerk interrupt
— Refer to the record 01-067 †
— Refer to the record 02-067 †
— Refer to the record 03-067 †
— Refer to the record 04-067 †
— Refer to the record 05-067 †
— Refer to the record 06-067 †
— Refer to the record 07-067 †
— Refer to the record 08-067 †
— Refer to the record 09-067 †
— Refer to the record 10-067 †
— not used
— Commission rate †
— Table range †
†

Refer to the record format below.

:
:

Table range

Description
Minimum value for table range (1 ~ 999999)
(“0” means no programming.)

Choice
Significant
numbers

Maximum value for table range (1 ~ 999999)
(“0” means no programming.)

Significant
numbers

Program code

::::::
D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7

::::::
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1

Commission rate
Description
Commission rate 1 (0.01 ~ 99.99%)
Commission rate 2 (0.01 ~ 99.99%)

P-208

Choice
Significant
numbers
(with decimal)
Significant
numbers
(with decimal)

Program code

::::
D8 D7 D6 D5

::::
D4 D3 D2 D1

Record 01-067
Description

Choice
No = 0
Yes = 4

Check number compulsory
Table number compulsory

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Number of customer compulsory

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Guest receipt compulsory (at finalization)

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

Guest receipt compulsory (at new balance)

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Slip auto-batch print compulsory (at finalization)

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Slip auto-batch print compulsory (at new balance)

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

Clerk attribution:
Cashier = 0, Clerk = 1, Manager = 2

Significant
number
No = 0
Yes = 1

Training clerk
Enable to open check created by other clerk

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Disable to sign on

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Sign off at finalization

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

Eat-in/Take-out compulsory

QT-2100 Programming Manual

D10

:

(a+b+c)
D9

:

(a+b+c)
D8

:
D7

:
D6

:

(a+b+c)
D5

D4

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

:

(a+b)
D3

;

Always “0”
Void operation:
Complete void = 0, Current transaction = 1, Not allowed = 2

:

;

Always “0”
Seat number compulsory

Program code

D2

Significant
number

:
D1

P-209

Program 6
Record 02-067
Description

Choice

Enable to use 1st menu sheet.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to use 2nd menu sheet.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable to use 3rd menu sheet.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Enable to use 4th menu sheet.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to use 5th menu sheet.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable to use 6th menu sheet.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Enable to use 7th menu sheet.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable to use 8th menu sheet.

P-210

:

(a+b+c)
D9

:

(a+b)
D8

D7 D6 D5

Default shift PLU sheet number after sign on. (0 ~ 8)
(Do not set the disabled sheet No.,
“0” means maintaining previous menu sheet.)
Default menu sheet number after sign on. (0 ~ 8)
(Do not set the disabled sheet No.,
“0” means maintaining previous menu sheet.)
Default @ menu sheet number after sign on. (0 ~ 2)
(Do not set the disabled sheet No.,
“0” means maintaining previous menu sheet.)

Status/stay down @ menu sheet assignment

:

(a+b+c)
D10

;;;

Always “000”

Status/stay down menu sheet assignment

Program code

Significant
number

:

Significant
number

:

Significant
number
a

Status = 0
Stay down = 1

b

Status = 0
Stay down = 2

D4
D3

:
D2

:

(a+b)
D1

Record 03-067
Description

Choice

Enable to operate in REG mode.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to operate in REF mode.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable to operate in REG– mode.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

D9

Enable to operate in PGM1 mode.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to operate in PGM2 mode.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable to operate in PGM3 mode.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Enable to operate in PGM4 mode.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to operate in PGM5 mode.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable to operate in PGM6 mode.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

:

(a+b+c)
D7

D6

Enable to operate in X/Z mode.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to operate in Manager mode.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable to operate in collection/consolidation mode.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Enable to operate in Auto-PGM mode

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

:

(a+b+c)
D5

:

(a+b)
D4

;;

Always “00”

QT-2100 Programming Manual

:

(a+b+c)
D8

;

Always “0”

Default mode after sign on:
REG = 0, PGM1 = 1, X/Z = 2

:

(a+b+c)
D10

;

Always “0”

Enable to operate in CF card Auto-PGM mode

Program code

D3 D2

Significant
number

:
D1

P-211

Program 6
Record 04-067
Description
Enable to operate cash.

a

Choice
Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to operate charge.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable to operate check.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Enable to operate credit.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to operate new balance.

b

Yes = 0
No = 4

Enable to operate price inquiry.

a

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable to operate stock inquiry.

b

Yes = 0
No = 4

Enable to operate text recall.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to operate text print.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable to operate check print.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Enable to operate clerk transfer.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to operate table transfer.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable to operate tip.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to operate normal receipt.
Enable to operate loan.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to operate received on account.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable to operate paid out.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Enable to operate pick up.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to operate coupon.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable to operate deposit.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to operate minus.

b

Yes = 0
No = 4

Enable to operate percent minus.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to operate plus.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Enable to operate percent plus.

P-212

Enable to operate refund.

Yes = 0
No = 4

Enable to operate coupon 2.

Yes = 0
No = 4

Program code

:

(a+b+c)
D12

:

(a+b)
D11

:

(a+b)
D10

;

(a+b+c)
D9

:

(a+b+c)
D8

:
D7

:

(a+b+c)
D6

:

(a+b)
D5

:

(a+b)
D4

:

(a+b+c)
D3

:
D2

:
D1

Record 05-067
Description

Choice
Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to operate validation.

a

Enable to operate receipt.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable to operate check endorse.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Enable to operate non add.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to operate non add/no sale.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable to operate no sale.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Enable to operate No. of customer

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to operate arrangement.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable to operate currency exchange.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Enable to operate VAT.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to operate bill copy.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Yes = 0
No = 4

Enable to operate slip print.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to operate slip feed/release.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable to operate tax shift.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 4

Enable to operate table number.
a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to operate shift PLU.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable to operate menu shift.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to operate tax exempt.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable to operate open.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to operate preset open.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable to operate 1st@.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Enable to operate 2nd@.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

QT-2100 Programming Manual

:

(a+b+c)
D11

:

(a+b+c)
D10

:

(a+b)
D9
D8

Enable to operate slip back feed/release.

Enable to operate clerk No.

:

(a+b+c)
D12

;

Always “0”.

Enable to operate money declaration.

Program code

b

Yes = 0
No = 4

:
D7

:

(a+b+c)
D6

:
D5

:

(a+b)
D4

:

(a+b)
D3

:

(a+b+c)
D2

:

(a+b)
D1

P-213

Program 6
Record 06-067
Description

Choice

Enable to operate operator X/Z.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to tray total.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable to operate subtotal.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Enable to operate receipt on/off.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to operate TA/ST.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable to operate operator No.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable to operate MD/ST.
Enable to operate X.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to operate X/For.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable to operate X/XX.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Enable to operate X/XXX.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to operate Ketten Bon.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to operate selective item ST.

P-214

:

(a+b+c)
D11

:
D10

:

(a+b+c)
D9

:

(a+b)
D8

:
D7

D6 D5

Enable to operate new check.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to operate old check.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable to operate new/old check.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Enable to operate add check.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Always “00”

:

(a+b+c)
D12

;;

Always “00”

Enable to operate separate check.

Program code

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

:

(a+b+c)
D4

:

(a+b)
D3

;;
D2 D1

Record 07-067
Description
Enable to operate substitution.
Enable to operate House Bon.

a
b

Choice
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 4

:

(a+b)
D12

;

Always “0”

D11

Enable to operate operator open check.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to operate media change.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable to operate seat number.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Enable to operate display on/off.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to operate REG mode.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable to operate X/Z mode

c

Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to operate PGM mode.
Enable to operate post entry.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to operate round repeat.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable to operate eat-in.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Enable to operate take-out.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to operate store.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable to operate recall.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Enable to operate reverse display.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to operate Electronic journal display.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable to operate home position.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to operate display mode change.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable to operate dutch account.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

:

(a+b+c)
D10

:

(a+b+c)
D9

:
D8

:

(a+b+c)
D7

:

(a+b+c)
D6

:

(a+b)
D5

:

(a+b+c)
D4

;

Always “0”

D3

Enable to operate all void of this transaction.

Yes = 0
No = 4

Enable to operate all void from the top of this receipt.

Yes = 0
No = 1

QT-2100 Programming Manual

Program code

:
D2

:
D1

P-215

Program 6
Record 08-067
Description
Enable to operate price.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to operate PLU No.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable to operate subdepartment No.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Enable to operate department No.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to operate list No.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable to operate flat PLU.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to operate department key.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable to operate subdepartment key.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Enable to operate list key.

P-216

Choice

Yes = 0
No = 1

Program code

:

(a+b+c)
D12

:

(a+b)
D11

:

(a+b+c)
D10

:
D9

Always “0000”

;;;;

Always “0000”

;;;;

D8 D7 D6 D5
D4 D3 D2 D1

Record 09-067
Description

Choice

Enable to operate arrange group 1.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to operate arrange group 2.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable to operate arrange group 3.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Enable to operate arrange group 4.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to operate arrange group 5.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Program code

:

(a+b+c)
D12

:

(a+b+c)
D11

Always “00000”

;;;;;

Always “00000”

;;;;;

QT-2100 Programming Manual

D10 D9 D8 D7 D6
D5 D4 D3 D2 D1

P-217

Program 6
Record 10-067
Description
Enable to issue daily X report.

a

Choice
Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to issue daily Z report.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable to issue periodic 1 X report.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to issue periodic 1 Z report.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable to issue periodic 2 X report.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to issue periodic 2 Z report.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

:

(a+b+c)
D11

:

(a+b)
D10

D9

Enable to issue batch X/Z 1 report.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to issue batch X/Z 2 report.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable to issue batch X/Z 3 report.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Enable to issue batch X/Z 4 report.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to issue batch X/Z 5 report.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable to issue batch X/Z 6 report.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Enable to issue batch X/Z 7 report.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to issue batch X/Z 8 report.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable to issue batch X/Z 9 report.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Enable to issue employee X/Z report.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to issue employee edit report.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable to issue batch X/Z 10 report.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Enable to issue operator X report.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

:

(a+b+c)
D8

:

(a+b+c)
D7

:

(a+b+c)
D6

:

(a+b+c)
D5

:

(a+b)
D4

;;

Always “00”

P-218

:

(a+b)
D12

;

Always “0”

Enable to issue operator Z report.

Program code

D3 D2

Enable to issue X/Z report by file.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable to issue individual key/item X/Z report.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable to issue other individual X/Z report.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

:

(a+b+c)
D1

7-2-5-2. Clerk detail
0001-030
0002-030
0003-030

— Record No./File No./Detailed total record No./
File No./Character

0001-001 GROSS
0002-001 NET
0003-001 CAID

7-2-5-3. Clerk key ID (Dallas key ID)
1234567890AB
C01
12362458DA79
C02

QT-2100 Programming Manual

0001-027 — Key ID./Record No./File No.
0001 — Clerk name/Clerk record No.
0002-027
0002

P-219

Program 6
7-2-6

Key feature
7-2-6-1. PLU
PLU0001
11-066
12-066
13-066
14-066
15-066
16-066
17-066
20-066
21-066
22-066
PLU0002

0001-004
000000000000
000000
000000
0000
0
@0.00
00
00
0000
00000000
000000
0002-004

— PLU descriptor/Record No./File No.
— Elementary program †
— Refer to the record 11-066 †
— Refer to the record 12-066 †
— Refer to the record 13-066 †
— Refer to the record 14-066 †
— High amount limit
— Refer to the record 16-066 †
— Refer to the record 17-066 †
— Refer to the record 20-066 †
— Refer to the record 21-066 †
— not used

0001-054
000000000000
000000
000000
0002-004
000000000000
000000
000000
0003-004

— PLU 2nd @ descriptor/Record No./File No.
— Elementary program †
— Refer to the record 11-066 †
— Refer to the record 12-066 †

0001-003
000000000000
000000
@0.00
00
00
0000
00000000
0002-003

— Subdepartment descriptor/Record No./File No.
— Elementary program †
— Refer to the record 11-066 †
— High amount limit
— Refer to the record 16-066 †
— Refer to the record 17-066 †
— Refer to the record 20-066 †
— Refer to the record 21-066 †

0001-005
000000000000
000000
@0.00
00
00
0000
00000000
0002-005

— Department descriptor/Record No./File No.
— Elementary program †
— Refer to the record 11-066 †
— High amount limit
— Refer to the record 16-066 †
— Refer to the record 17-066 †
— Refer to the record 20-066 †
— Refer to the record 21-066 †

7-2-6-2. PLU 2nd unit price
PLU0001
11-066
12-066
PLU0002
11-066
12-066
PLU0003

— Refer to the record 12-066 †

7-2-6-3. Subdepartment
SUBDEPT01
11-066
15-066
16-066
17-066
20-066
21-066
SUBDEPT02

7-2-6-4. Department
DEPT01
11-066
15-066
16-066
17-066
20-066
21-066
DEPT02

†

P-220

Refer to the following record formats.

Elementary program
Description
Single item control: (Not effective for PLU 2nd@)
Normal receipt = 0, Single item receipt = 3
Selective item status 1 (Not effective for PLU 2nd@)
Selective item status 2 (Not effective for PLU 2nd@)

Choice
Significant
number
a
b

No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
Significant
number

Normal/condiment/preparation (Only effective for PLU)
Normal item = 0, Condiment = 1, Preparation = 2
U.S., Singapore:
Taxable status 1

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Taxable status 2

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Taxable status 3

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

Canada:
Taxable 1 = 01, Taxable 2 = 02, Taxable 3 = 03, Taxable 4 = 04
Taxable 1 & 2 = 05, Taxable 1 & 3 = 06, Taxable 1 & 4 = 07
Non taxable = 00

Significant
number

Other area:
Taxable status 01 ~ 10 (“00” means Non-tax)

Significant
number

Multiple validation (Not effective for PLU 2nd@)
(If “No”, only one validation is possible.)

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Full hash (Not effective for PLU 2nd@)

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Open PLU (Only effective for PLU)

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

Enable 0 unit price.

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Enable negative price. (Not effective for PLU 2nd@)

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Hash (Not effective for PLU 2nd@)

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

Register by unit price of pulldown main item.
(i.e. ignore sub item unit price)

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Use premium item of pulldown set.

b

Low digit limitation (LDL) for manually entered unit price.
(Not effective for PLU 2nd@)

Program code

:
D12

:

(a+b)
D11

:
D10

;:
(a+b+c)
D9 D8

::
D9 D8

:

(a+b)
D7

:

(a+b+c)
D6

:

No = 0
Yes = 2

(a+b)
D5

Significant
number

:
D4

;

Always “0”

D3

Commission 1 (Not effective for PLU 2nd@)
Commission 2 (Not effective for PLU 2nd@)
Always “0”

a
b

No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2

:

(a+b)
D2

;
D1

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-221

Program 6
Record 11-066
Description

Choice

Link subdepatment record number (for PLU and PLU 2nd@)

Significant
numbers

Link department record number
(for PLU PLU 2nd@ and subdepartment)

Significant
numbers

Link group record number

Significant
numbers

Program code

::
D6 D5

::
D4 D3

::
D2 D1

Record 12-066
Description
PLU random code (only for PLU)

Choice
Significant
numbers

Program code

::::::
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1

Record 13-066
Description
Set menu table number (only for PLU)

Choice
Significant
numbers

Program code

::::
D4 D3 D2 D1

Record 14-066
Description
Unit stock quantity (0.001 ~ 99.999)
Enter with decimal point. (If “0”, treats as “1”.)
(for PLU and PLU 2nd@)

Choice
Significant
numbers

:::::
D12 D11 D10 D9 D8

;

Always “0”
Minimum stock quantity (0.001 ~ 99.999)
Enter with decimal point. (for PLU and PLU 2nd@)

Program code

D7

Significant
numbers

:::::
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2

;

Always “0”

D1

Record 15-066
Description
High amount limit for entering unit price manually.
(not for PLU 2nd@)

Choice
Significant
numbers

Program code

::::::
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1

Record 16-066
Description
Order character record number (00 ~ 99)
(not for PLU 2nd@)

P-222

Choice
Significant
numbers

Program code

::
D2 D1

Record 17-066
Description
Number of Bon receipts (1 ~ 9)
(If “0”, no Bon is issued.) (not for PLU 2nd@)

Choice
Significant
number

Program code

:
D1

Record 20-066
Description
Order printing color: 1 Black: UP-250 (Normal : UP-350),
2 Red: UP-250 (Reverse: UP-350) (not for PLU 2nd@)

Choice
1=0
2=1

Print out to order printer #1.
(not for PLU 2nd@)

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Print out to order printer #2.
not for PLU 2nd@)

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Print out to order printer #3.
(not for PLU 2nd@)

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

Print out to order printer #4.
(not for PLU 2nd@)

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Print out to order printer #5.
(not for PLU 2nd@)

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Print out to order printer #6.
(not for PLU 2nd@)

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

Print out to order printer #7.
(not for PLU 2nd@)

No = 0
Yes = 1

Program code

:
D4

:
(a+b+c)
D3

:
(a+b+c)
D2

:
D1

Record 21-066
Description
Pulldown group record number (1)
(not for PLU 2nd@)

Significant
numbers

Pulldown group record number (2)
(not for PLU 2nd@)

Significant
numbers

Pulldown group record number (3)
(not for PLU 2nd@)

Significant
numbers

Pulldown group record number (4)
(not for PLU 2nd@)

Significant
numbers

QT-2100 Programming Manual

Choice

Program code

::
D8 D7

::
D6 D5

::
D4 D3

::
D2 D1

P-223

Program 6
7-2-6-5. Function key
0001
0002
0003
0004
0005
0006

000000000000 — Record No./Key descriptor/Parameter
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000

CASH
CHARGE
CREDIT
%+
CLEAR
PGM MODE

Programming for cash, charge, credit and check
Description
Allowable number of validation printing (“0” means no limitation)
*1 *3 *4

Choice
Significant
number (0 ~9)

Force validation operation. *1 *3 *4

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Print check number barcode on receipt.

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Restriction (to 00, 25, 50, 75) on last two digits for amount
tendered (Only for  in Danish rounding)

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

:
D11

:

(a+b+c)
D10

;

Always “0”

D9

Force batch slip printing. *1 *4

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Force check endorsement printing (Only for ). *3 *4

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Force check printing (Only for ). *3 *4

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

Prohibit entry of a partial payment

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Prohibit the entry of the amount tendered.

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Force entry of the amount tendered.

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

Print VAT breakdown. *1 *2

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Check cashing commission (Only for ) *3
1 Use an amount
2 Use a rate

b

Amount = 0
Rate = 2

Validation amount *3
1 Print subtotal amount

c

Subtotal = 0
Tender = 4

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

2 Print amount tendered

No change due is made in tendering operation.
Issue receipt while check tracking/clerk interrupt.

High amount limit specification for subtotal and tendering
amounts. *3

b

Yes = 0
No = 2
Maximum
value (0 ~ 9)
Number of
zeros (0 ~ 9)
Maximum
value (0 ~ 9)

High amount limit specification for change amount due.

P-224

Program code

Number of
zeros (0 ~ 9)

:
(a+b+c)
D8

:
(a+b+c)
D7

:
(a+b+c)
D6

:
(a+b)
D5

::
D4 D3

::
D2 D1

*1

Those are valid options for AUTO CASH as well.
Those are valid options for Single item as well.
*3
Those are valid options for Cashing a check as well.
*4
Those are valid options for Currency exchange (include partial tender) as well.
*2

Programming for new balance
Description
Allowable number of validation printing (“0” means no limitation)
Force validation operation.
Print check number barcode on receipt.

a
b

Choice
Significant
number (0 ~9)
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2

:
D11

:

(a+b)
D10

;

Always “0”

D9

Force batch slip printing.
Open drawer when the key is pressed.

a
b

No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2

:
(a+b)
D8

;

Always “0”

D7
a

Print VAT breakdown.
Service charge
1 Use an amount

Program code

2 Use a rate

Issue receipt while check tracking/clerk interrupt.
Always “0000”

QT-2100 Programming Manual

b

No = 0
Yes = 1
Amount = 0
Rate = 2
Yes = 0
No = 2

:
(a+b)
D6

:
D5

;;;;
D4 D3 D2 D1

P-225

Program 6
Programming for character print
Description
Start record number of displaying “TEXT RECALL WINDOW”
(“00” means “01”.)

Choice
Significant
numbers

Allow clerk or mode change after the “text recall” key
depression. (effective only for “text recall” key)

Yes = 0
No = 1

Print characters to sales receipt printer.

Yes = 0
No = 2
Significant
number

Order character record No. (01 ~ 99)
(“00” clears programming)
Printing color (effective only for order)

a

Black = 0
Red = 1

Display/print with quantity.

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Staydown “TEXT RECALL WINDOW” (only characters)

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

Print characters to order printer 1.

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Print characters to order printer 2.

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Print characters to order printer 3.

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

Print characters to order printer 4.

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Print characters to order printer 5.

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Print characters to order printer 6.

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

Print characters to order printer 7.

P-226

No = 0
Yes = 1

Program code

::
D9 D8

:
D7

::
D6 D5

:

(a+b+c)
D4

:
(a+b+c)
D3

:
(a+b+c)
D2

:
D1

Programming for check print
Description

Choice
Significant
number

Number of back feed lines before printing (0 ~ 9)

Program code

:
D7

;;;;;;

Always “000000”

D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1

Programming for clerk transfer
Description
Clerk number
1 Memory number

Choice
1=0
2=1

2 Clerk secret number

Program code

:
D7

;;;;;;

Always “000000”

D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1

Programming for table transfer
Description

Choice

Allow to add checks while table transferring.

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Transfer the customer number.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Transfer only total amounts. (ST transfer)

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

Auto check transfer

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Receipt is issued, even if the receipt switch is off.
Print receipt.

b

No = 0
Yes = 2
Yes = 0
No = 2

Program code

:

(a+b+c)
D7

:

(a+b)
D6

:
D5

;;;;

Always “0000”

D4 D3 D2 D1

Programming for tip
Description
Multiple validation
If “No”, only one validation printing is possible.)

Choice
Yes = 0
No = 4

Program code

:
D11

Always “0000”

;;;;

Always “000”

;;;

High digit limitation (HDL) for manually entered unit price
(“9” means NOT allow manual entry)
Always “00”

QT-2100 Programming Manual

D10 D9 D8 D7
D6 D5 D4
Significant
number

:
D3

;;
D2 D1

P-227

Program 6
Programming for loan, pick up
Description
Allowable number of validation printing (“0” means no limitation)
Force validation operation. (only effective after receipt issuance)

Choice
Significant
number (0 ~9)
No = 0
Yes = 1

Program code

:
D11

:
D10

;;;;;

Always “00000”

D9 D8 D7 D6 D5
Maximum
value (0 ~ 9)

High amount limit specification for entering amounts
Number of
zeros (0 ~ 9)

::
D4 D3

;;

Always “00”

D2 D1

Programming for received on account, paid out
Description
Allowable number of validation printing (“0” means no limitation)
Force validation operation.

Choice
Significant
number (0 ~9)
No = 0
Yes = 1

Program code

:
D11

:
D10

;;;;;

Always “00000”

D9 D8 D7 D6 D5
Maximum
value (0 ~ 9)

High amount limit specification for entering amounts
Number of
zeros (0 ~ 9)

::
D4 D3

;

Always “0”

D2

Enter numbers after registration.

P-228

No = 0
Yes = 1

:
D1

Programming for plus, minus, coupon
Description
Multiple validation
(If “No”, only one validation printing is possible.)

Choice
Yes = 0
No = 4

Program code

:
D11

;

Always “0”

D10
U.S., Singapore:
Taxable status 1

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Taxable status 2

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Taxable status 3

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

Canada:
Taxable 1 = 01, Taxable 2 = 02, Taxable 3 = 03, Taxable 4 = 04
Taxable 1 & 2 = 05, Taxable 1 & 3 = 06,Taxable 1 & 4 = 07
All taxable = 08, Non taxable = 00

Significant
numbers

Other area:
Taxable status 01 ~ 10 (“00” means Non-tax)

Significant
numbers
Yes = 1
No = 0

Allow credit balance. (–, CPN only)

Allow key operation after item registration.

Commission 2
Always “0”

QT-2100 Programming Manual

::
D9 D8

:
D7
D6 D5

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

b

Yes = 0
No = 4

High digit limitation (HDL) for manually entered unit price
(“9” means NOT allow manual entry.)
Commission 1

(a+b+c)
D9 D8

;;

Always “00”
Allow key operation after .

;:

Significant
number
a
b

No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2

:

(a+b)
D4

:
D3

:

(a+b)
D2

;
D1

P-229

Program 6
Programming for discount, premium
Description

Choice

Multiple validation
(If “No”, only one validation printing is possible.)

Yes = 0
No = 4

Program code

:
D11

;

Always “0”

D10
U.S., Singapore:
Taxable status 1

a

No = 0
Yes = 1

Taxable status 2

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

Taxable status 3

c

No = 0
Yes = 4

Canada:
Taxable 1 = 01, Taxable 2 = 02, Taxable 3 = 03, Taxable 4 = 04
Taxable 1 & 2 = 05, Taxable 1 & 3 = 06,Taxable 1 & 4 = 07
All taxable = 08, Non taxable = 00

Significant
numbers

Other area:
Taxable status 01 ~ 10 (“00” means Non-tax)

Significant
numbers

Allow manual override.
All taxable

a
b

Rounding:
Round off = 0, cut off = 1, round up = 2
Allow key operation after .
Allow key operation after item registration.

b

Commission 2
Always “0”

P-230

D9 D8

:

Yes = 4
No = 0

Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 4

:
D6

:
D5

:

(a+b)
D4

;

Always “0”
Commission 1

::

(a+b)
D7

Significant
number
a

(a+b+c)
D9 D8

Yes = 0
No = 2

Yes = 0
No = 1

Allow key operation after .

;:

D3

a
b

No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2

:

(a+b)
D2

;
D1

Programming for deposit+, deposit–
Description
Force validation operation.
(only effective after receipt issuance)
Multiple validation (If “No”, only one validation is possible.)

Choice
a
b

No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 4

Program code

:

(a+b)
D10

;;

Always “00”

D9 D8
DEPO+ = 0
DEPO– = 1

Key attribution

No = 0
Yes = 2

Open cash drawer.
Media definition:
Cash = 0, charge = 1, check = 2, credit = 3

Significant
number
Maximum
value (0 ~ 9)

High amount limit specification for entering amounts
Number of
zeros (0 ~ 9)

:
D7

:
D6

:
D5

::
D4 D3

;;

Always “00”

D2 D1

Programming for void
Description

Program code

Item delete (When “No” is selected, only a line can be deleted.)

Choice
Yes = 1
No = 0

Select void reason.

Yes = 4
No = 0

:

Choice
Significant
number

Program code

:
D2
D1

Programming for check endorsement
Description
Line number of auto-back feed before printing (0 ~ 9)
Always “000000”

QT-2100 Programming Manual

:
D7

;;;;;;
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1

P-231

Program 6
Programming for receipt
Description
Maximum number of post receipts (0 ~ 9)
(“0” means 1 post receipt.)

Choice
Significant
number

D12
D11 D10 D9 D8

a

1=0
2=2

Print current time on guest receipt.

b

Yes = 4
No = 0

Clear finalized check.

a

No = 1
Yes = 0

Issue post receipt after clerk interrupt/check tracking

:
;;;;

Always “0000”
Form of post receipt and guest receipt:
1 Print out, 2 Display

Program code

b

No = 0
Yes = 2

:
(a+b)
D7

:
(a+b)
D6

;;

Always “00”

D5 D4

Issue guest receipt to order printer n (n = 1 ~ 7).
(“0” means issuing to R/J.)

Significant
number

:

Line number of guest bottom message (00 ~ 10):
(“00” means no bottom message.)

Significant
number

::

Choice
Yes = 1
No = 0

Program code

Order character record number (00 ~ 99):
(“00” means no setting.)

Significant
number

::

Order printing color

Red = 1
Black = 0

:

D3
D2 D1

Programming for #, #/NS
Description
Allow mode change or clerk change after non add registration as
first transaction. (only for non-add function)

Print out to Order printer#1.

a

Yes = 1
No = 0

Print out to Order printer#2.

b

Yes = 2
No = 0

Print out to Order printer#3.

c

Yes = 4
No = 0

Print out to Order printer#4.

a

Yes = 1
No = 0

Print out to Order printer#5.

b

Yes = 2
No = 0

Print out to Order printer#6.

c

Yes = 4
No = 0

Print out to Order printer#7.

P-232

Yes = 1
No = 0

:
D7
D6 D5
D4

:
(a+b+c)
D3

:
(a+b+c)
D2

:
D1

Programming for arrangement
Description
Enable operation in REG mode.

a

Choice
Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable operation in REF mode.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable operation in REG– mode.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Enable operation in PGM1 mode.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable operation in PGM2 mode.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable operation in PGM3 mode.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Enable operation in PGM4 mode.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable operation in PGM5 mode.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable operation in PGM6 mode.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Enable operation in Auto PGM to CF card mode

a

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable operation in Auto PGM mode.

b

Yes = 0
No = 4

Enable operation in X/Z mode.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Enable operation in Manager mode.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Enable operation in Collection/Consolidation mode.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Arrangement file number

Significant
numbers

Arrangement table number

Significant
numbers

Program code

:

(a+b+c)
D12

:

(a+b+c)
D11

:

(a+b+c)
D10

:
(a+b)
D9

:
(a+b+c)
D8

:::
D7 D6 D5

::::
D4 D3 D2 D1

Programming for customer
Description
Input method:
Allow replacement = 0, Prohibit replacement = 1,
Add enter value = 2
Always “000000”

QT-2100 Programming Manual

Choice
Significant
number

Program code

:
D7

;;;;;;
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1

P-233

Program 6
Programming for currency exchange
Description

Program code

Define amount symbol. (1 ~ 4)

Choice
Significant
number

Define foreign currency totalizer. (1 ~ 3)

Significant
number

:

Rounding:
Round off = 0, cut off = 1, round up = 2

Significant
number

:

:
D7
D6
D5

;

Always “0”

D4

Significant
number

Monetary mode (0 ~ 2):
º00 = 2, º0 = 1, 0 = 0
Monetary symbol for decimal
Monetary symbol for separator

a
b

Assigning drawer number (0 ~ 2)
(“0” means drawer 1.)

Decimal = 0
Comma = 1
Comma = 0
Decimal = 4
Significant
number

:
D3

:
(a+b)
D3

:
D1

Programming for slip
Description
Force slip batch printing from the beginning of the transaction. a
(If “No”, controlled by general function.)

Choice
No = 0
Yes = 1

Print current time on slip.
b
(This option works only at batch print with whole transaction.)

No = 0
Yes = 4

Clear finalized check.

Yes = 0
No = 1

Program code

:

(a+b)
D7

:
D6

;;;;

Always “0000”

D5 D4 D3 D2
Yes = 0
No = 1

Print Euro total line.

:
D1

Programming for T/S, TAST
Description
Taxable status (00, 01 ~ 10)
(“00” means taxable 1.)

P-234

Choice
Significant
number

Program code

::
D9 D8

Always “000”

;;;

Always “0000”

;;;;

D7 D6 D5
D4 D3 D2 D1

Programming for open
Description

Choice
No = 0
Yes = 1

Release high amount limit

Program code

:
D7

;;;;;;

Always “000000”

D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1

Programming for open 2
Description

Choice

Release customer number compulsory.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Release table number compulsory.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Release check number compulsory.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Release credit balance error. (If “Yes”, you can finalize the
transaction even if the subtotal is negative.)

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Release guest receipt compulsory.

b

Yes = 0
No = 4

Release validation compulsory.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Release check endorsement compulsory.

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

Release check print compulsory.

c

Yes = 0
No = 4

Release slip auto batch print compulsory.

a

Yes = 0
No = 2

Program code

:

(a+b+c)
D7

:

(a+b)
D6

:
(a+b+c)
D5

:
(a+b)
D4

Release slip manual batch print compulsory.

b

Yes = 0
No = 4

Release  stay down compulsory (Min/Max No.).

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

:
(a+b)
D3

Release seat number compulsory.

b

Yes = 0
No = 4

Release tip declaration compulsory.

a

Yes = 0
No = 1

Release eat-in/take-out compulsory.
Always “0”

QT-2100 Programming Manual

b

Yes = 0
No = 2

:
(a+b)
D2

;
D1

P-235

Program 6
Programming for clerk number
Description
Clerk secret number (0000 ~ 9999)
(“0000” means no secret number.)

Choice
Significant
numbers

Program code

::::
D4 D3 D2 D1

Programming for operator X/Z
Description
1 Issue stand-alone report./2 Issue consolidation report.
1 Print report./2 Display report.

a
b

Choice
1=0
2=1

Program code

1=0
2=2

(a+b)
D7

:

;;;;;;

Always “000000”

D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1

Programming for subtotal, merchandise subtotal
Description
Multiple validation
(If “No”, only one validation printing is possible.)

Choice
Yes = 0
No = 4

Print when key is pressed.

:
D11

;;;;;

Always “00000”
Include add-on tax amount. (ST only)

Program code

D10 D9 D8 D7 D6
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 4
No = 0

:
(a+b)
D5

;;;;

Always “0000”

D4 D3 D2 D1

Programming for multiplication, quantity/for, square, cube, Ketten Bon
Description
Multiplication procedure: (Ketten Bon and  only)
1 Quantity × Amount, 2 Amount × Quantity
Rounding:
Round off = 0, cut off = 1, round up = 2
Always “0000”

P-236

Choice
1=0
2=1
Significant
number

Program code

:
D6

:
D5

;;;;
D4 D3 D2 D1

Programming for selective item subtotal
Description
Selective item status (0, 1, 2):
Selective item 1 = 0/1, selective item 2 = 2

Choice
Significant
number

Program code

:
D11

Always “00000”

;;;;;

Always “00000”

;;;;;

D10 D9 D8 D7 D6
D5 D4 D3 D2 D1

Programming for open check
Description

Choice
Display = 2
Print = 0

Display report./Print report

Program code

:
D7

;;;;;;

Always “000000”

D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1

Programming for list
Description

Program code

Record No. of linking pulldown menu group (4).

Choice
Significant
numbers

Record No. of linking pulldown menu group (3).

Significant
numbers

:::

Record No. of linking pulldown menu group (2).

Significant
numbers

:::

Record No. of linking pulldown menu group (1).

Significant
numbers

:::

Choice
2=0
1=1

Program code

:::
D12 D11 D10
D9 D8 D7
D6 D5 D4
D3 D2 D1

Programming for cancel
Description
A range of cancellation:
1Complete cancellation, 2Current receipt only
Correct set menu/pulldown link while it is registered.

QT-2100 Programming Manual

a
b

No = 0
Yes = 2

:
(a+b)
D1

P-237

Program 6
Programming for tax exempt
Description
U.S., Singapore:
Exempt tax 1

a

Choice
No = 1
Yes = 0

Exempt tax 2

b

No = 2
Yes = 0

Exempt tax 3

c

No = 4
Yes = 0

Canada:
Exempt all = 00
Exempt tax 1 = 01, Exempt tax 2 = 02, Exempt tax 3 = 03,
Exempt tax 4 = 04, Exempt tax 1 & 2 = 05,
Exempt tax 1 & 3 = 06, Exempt tax 1 & 4 = 07

Significant
numbers

Other area:
Exempt all = 00, Exempt tax 1 ~ 10 = 01 ~ 10

Significant
number

Program code

;:
(a+b+c)
D9 D8

::
D9 D8

Always “0000”

;;;;

Always “000”

;;;

D7 D6 D5 D4
D3 D2 D1

Programming for clock-in/clock-out
Description
The purpose of uses:
Use both clock-in and clock-out = 0
Use only clock-in = 1
Use only clock-out = 2
Print when clock-in or clock-out keys are pressed.

Choice

Program code

Significant
numbers

:

Yes = 0
No = 1

:

Choice
No = 0
Yes = 1

Program code

D2

D1

Programming for new check, new/old check
Description
Enable auto check assignment
Always “000000”

P-238

:
D7

;;;;;;
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1

Programming for break-in/break-out
Description

Choice

The purpose of uses:
Use both break-in and break-out = 0
Use only break-in = 1
Use only break-out =2

Significant
numbers

Program code

:
D2

;

Always “0”

D1

Programming for eat-in/take-out
Description
U.S., Singapore:
Exempt tax 1

a

Choice
No = 1
Yes = 0

Exempt tax 2

b

No = 2
Yes = 0

Exempt tax 3

c

No = 4
Yes = 0

Canada:
Exempt all = 00
Exempt tax 1 = 01, Exempt tax 2 = 02, Exempt tax 3 = 03,
Exempt tax 4 = 04, Exempt tax 1 & 2 = 05,
Exempt tax 1 & 3 = 06, Exempt tax 1 & 4 = 07

Significant
number

Other area:
Exempt all = 00, Exempt tax 1 ~ 10 = 01 ~ 10

Significant
numbers

Always “0000”

;:
(a+b+c)
D9 D8

::
D9 D8

;;

Always “00”
Print when the key is pressed.

Program code

D7 D6
Not print = 0
Print = 4

:
D5

;;;;
D4 D3 D2 D1

QT-2100 Programming Manual

P-239

Program 6
Programming for store
Description

Program code

Print VAT breakdown.

Choice
No = 0
Yes = 1

Print receipt.

Yes = 0
No = 2

:

:
D6
D5

;;;;

Always “0000”

D4 D3 D2 D1

Programming for shift PLU
Description
Shift:
1 Status, 2 Staydown
Define assigning shift PLU number. (0, 1 ~ 8)
(“0” is treated as “1”.)

Choice
1=0
2=1

Program code

Significant
number

:

Choice
No = 0
Yes = 1

Program code

Choice
Significant
numbers

Program code

Choice
No = 0
Yes = 1

Program code

Choice
No = 0
Yes = 1

Program code

:
D2
D1

Programming for old check
Description
Enable to open the finalized check.

:
D1

Programming for Dutch account
Description
Maximum customer numbers for one Dutch account
(“00” is treated as “99”.)

::
D2 D1

Programming for tray total
Description
Accumulate “Tray total” to the key totalizer, whenever the
 key is pressed twice.

:
D1

Programming for recall
Description
Enable to open the closed check.

P-240

:
D1

7-2-6-6. Scanning PLU link
SCANNING USED RECS
0001-016
0002-016
0003-016
0004-016
0005-016

0002 / 0010
— Header/Used record No./Allocated record No.
02833521>>>>> 0217 — Record No./File No./OBR code/Linked PLU record No.
4987244235176 0218
0000000000000 0000
0000000000000 0000
0000000000000 0000

7-2-6-7. Euro program
0001-099
0002-099
0003-099

00000101 — Record No./File No./Program
00000101
00200117

7-2-6-8. Auto-program control
0001-905
0002-905
0003-905

QT-2100 Programming Manual

0902
0999
0000

01 — Record No./File No./Program
00
00

P-241

Program 6
7-2-7

Keyboard
1-------------------------------------- — Menu sheet number
001.RCT
0001 002 073 — Hard key code/Key descriptor/Record No./File No.
002.NEW/OLD
0002 002 093
/Function code
003.RC
0003 002 091
:
:
168.PLU0093
0093 004 063
2-------------------------------------001.RCT
0001 002 073
:
:

7-2-8

Memory allocation
FILE001
FILE002
FILE003

26
10
38
10
54

59

DL
CL
DL
CL
DL

70
4

P1
CL
P1
CL
--

P2
CL
P2
CL
--

WK
WK
--

:
:
FILE020

24

3

— File No./Length/Number of records/DL/P1/P2/WK
— CL/CL/CL
DL: Daily total/PGM/work area, P1: Periodic 1 total
P2: Periodic 2 total, P2: Periodic 2 total
CL: Consolidation area of above file
“--” means no file allocation.
“*” means the file allocated in the flash.

DL
:

FILE045

30

128

DL
:

FILE989
RAM

P-242

30

1187 *DL
:
153728

— Remaining RAM capacity

Index ............................................................................................................... P-244
Program 3 mode Hierarchy ..........................................................................................
Program 1 mode Hierarchy ..........................................................................................
Program 2 mode Hierarchy ..........................................................................................
Program 6 mode Hierarchy ..........................................................................................

P-247
P-248
P-248
P-248

P-243

Index

Index
A
Accumulate touch PLU menus P-56
Add mode P-41
Allow finalization operation when subtotal is zero P-43
Allow more than one transaction in RF mode P-43
Allow numeric entries P-43
Allow to operate Auto PGM P-84
Allow to operate n-th Menu P-83
Amount or rate to keys P-166, P-167
Arrangement P-38, P-127
Arrangement control P-90
Arrangement control by range P-102
Auto program control P-79

B
Batch X/Z report

Delete RF items from guest receipt P-43
Department descriptors P-145
Department features P-112
Department unit price P-162
Deposit– P-124
Deposit+ P-124
Destination of accumulation for menu totalizing P-56
Display control P-55
Display Report P-48
Dutch account P-134

E
Employee P-74, P-204
Endorsement message P-155
Error when actual stock less than minimum stock P-43
Error when actual stock less than zero P-43
Euro P-78

F
P-39

C
Calculate Price for detail P-53
Calculation type P-62
Cash P-118
Cashier detail P-107
Character programming P-140
Character programming keyboard P-140
Charge P-118
Check P-118
Check endorsement P-124
Check print P-60, P-121
Check tracking P-54
Clearing CHK/TBL No. P-54, P-55
Clerk P-54, P-74, P-77, P-80, P-81, P-82, P-94, P208, P-219
Clerk control P-82
Clerk control by range P-94
Clerk features P-80
Clerk interrupt P-54
Clerk key ID P-107
Clerk number P-130
Clerk transfer P-121
Commission rate P-92
Commission rate by range P-104
Communication P-49
Consecutive No. P-41
Copy program change to other teminals P-49
Copying PLU descriptors to PLU 2nd unit price P-147, P165
Coupon P-123
Credit P-118
Cube P-131
Currency exchage P-128
Customer P-127

P-244

D

Fixed totalizer descriptors P-151
Flag clear QT-2100 terminal P-14
Follow memu total reset operation P-56
Follow the same QTY as main item P-53
Function control 1 P-85
Function control 1 by range P-97
Function control 2 P-86
Function control 2 by range P-98
Function control 3 P-87
Function control 3 by range P-99
Function control 4 P-88
Function control 4 by range P-100
Function control 5 P-89
Function control 5 by range P-101
Function key descriptors P-148

G
General feature P-41
General procedure of PLU, PLU 2nd@, subdepartment, P114
GT character P-155

H
Hourly sales P-50

I
I/O parameter P-67
IDC Link P-77, P-78, P-79, P-207
IDC link P-77
Initialize QT-2100 terminal P-8
Inputting characters by code P-142
Issue Post receipt when normal receipt is issued
Item Consolidation P-44
Item descriptors P-143
Item type P-109

P-43

J

P

Job Code P-73, P-74, P-205
Journal control P-51

Paid out P-122
Perform stock QTY calculation P-43
Pick up P-122
PLU 2nd unit price P-160
PLU 2nd unit price descriptors P-144
PLU 2nd@ features P-110
PLU features P-108, P-136
PLU item descriptors P-143
PLU random code order P-48
PLU unit price P-159
PLU unit price and PLU 2nd unit price P-161
PLU/PLU 2nd@/subdepartment/department unit price P163
PLU/subdepartment/department descriptors P-146
Post Entry P-53
Presetting date and time P-158
Print additional items only P-51
Print control P-46
Print Monthly Sales Average P-48
Printer connection P-70
Printer definition P-203
Program read general procedure P-170
Program read report sample P-171
Programming hierchy of programming title P-115
Pulldown group P-34

K
Ketten Bon P-131
Key allocation P-24
Key location change P-26
Keyboard layout P-27

L
Limit of number Plus, Minus, Premium, Discount key P-42
List P-71, P-79, P-131, P-132, P-133
Loan P-122

M
Machine control 1 P-41
Machine control 3 P-44
Machine control 4 P-45
Machine features P-34
Machine number P-41
Maximum Table Amount P-62
Memory allocation P-16, P-17, P-18
Menu shift 1 P-56
Menu shift 2 P-57
Menu shift after Sign On P-83
Menu shift status/stay down P-83
Menu shift/2nd@ P-83
Menu shift/2nd@ by range P-95
Merchandise subtotal P-130
Message control P-52
Mode control P-84
Mode control by range P-96
Money declaration compulsory P-43
Multiplication P-131

N
Net total includes commission
Net total includes tax P-42
New balance P-119

P-42

O
Old check P-134
Open 2 P-129
Open check P-131
Operator X/Z P-130
Order character link P-150
Order color P-109
Order control P-52
Order Print #1 ~ #7 P-109
Origin of reset data to be sent to the master P-49
Overwrite the J-Memo ring buffer P-51

Q
Quantity/for P-131

R
Random PLU P-42
Recall P-134
Receipt P-126
Receipt Logo either graphic or text P-52
Receipt message P-149
Receipt on/off P-134
Receipt type P-109
Received on account P-122
Remaining memory P-16
Report control 2 P-48
Report headers P-154
Restrict (0 or 5) on the last digit P-43
Rounding P-62
Rounds %+ or %– operation P-43

P-245

Index
S
Scanning PLU link P-136
Schedule P-74, P-206
Scheduler P-58
Selective item subtotal P-131
Sentinel amount P-41
Set menu table P-36
Set menu/condiment P-53
Shift PLU P-134, P-135
Slip P-128
SLIP/Guest P-50
Sort by department P-44
Sort by group P-44
Sort by group/dept with detail P-44
Special characters P-152
Square P-131
ST compulsory P-43
Stock result copy P-49
Storage of TRG operation into journal memory
Subdepartment descriptors P-144
Subdepartment features P-111
Subdepartment unit price P-162
Subtotal P-130, P-131
System connection P-66

T
T/S P-128
Table analysis P-61
Table range P-93
Table range by range P-105
Table transfer P-121
TAST P-128
Tax Rate(%) P-62
Tax table P-62
Text print P-120
Text recall P-120
Text recall message P-150, P-152
Time & Attendance P-72, P-73, P-74
Time zone P-71
Tip P-121
Tray total P-134
Type of operator P-81

V
VAT recaluculate on X/Z report P-48
Void P-124
Void operation P-81
Void table P-65

X
X/Z report control P-91
X/Z report control by range

Z
Zero-Skip on Report P-48

P-246

P-103

P-50, P-51

Program 3 mode Hierarchy
Pulldown group ————————————————————————————— Machine feature ———— Program 3
Set menu table ———————————————————————————
Arrangement ————————————————————————————
Batch X/Z —————————————— General feature ———————
Machine control 1 ~ 4 —————
Print control —————————
Report control 1, 2 ———————
Communication ————————
Hourly sales —————————
SLIP/Guest ——————————
Electronic journal control ————
Message control ———————
Order control —————————
Set menu/condiment ——————
Check tracking ————————
Clerk interrupt —————————
Display control ————————
Menu shift 1, 2 ————————
Scheduler —————————————————————————————
Check print —————————————————————————————
Table analysis ————————————————————————————
Tax table ——————————————————————————————
Void table —————————————————————————————
System connection —————————————————————————
I/O parameter ————————————————————————————
Printer connection ——————————————————————————
Time Zone —————————————————————————————
General ——————————————— Time & Attendance —————
Job Code ———————————
Employee & Schedule —————
Hourly Item Link ———————————————————————————
IDC Link ——————————————————————————————
Euro (Sub Currency) —————————————————————————
Auto Pgm Control ——————————————————————————
Clerk feature —————————————————————————————— Clerk ————————
Clerk control ————————————— Operation (individual) ————
Menu shift/2nd ————————
Range (by range)
Mode control —————————
Allowed function 1 ~ 5 —————
Arrangement —————————
Report ————————————
Commission rate ——————————— (Individual) —————————
Table range ——————————
Range (by range)
Clerk detail —————————————————————————————
Clerk Key ID ————————————————————————————
PLU ————————————————— (Individual) ——————————— Key feature —————
PLU 2nd @ ——————————
Range (by range)
Subdepartment ————————
Department ——————————
Receipt type ————————————— Individual program —————
Item type ———————————
Group link ——————————
Department link ————————
Subdepartment link ——————
Taxable status ————————
Commission —————————
Selective item —————————
Order color ——————————
Order printer #1 ~ 7 ——————
Order char link ————————
No. of Bon ——————————
Unit stock ——————————
Minimum stock ————————
Set menu table ————————
List link #1 ~ 4 ————————
Open PLU ——————————
Zero unit price ————————
Negative price ————————
Hash item ——————————
Full hash item —————————
High amount limit ———————
Low digit limit —————————
Multiple validation ———————
Function key ————————————————————————————
Shift PLU ——————————————————————————————
Scanning PLU Link —————————————————————————

P-247

Index
Program 1 mode Hierarchy
PLU —————————————————————————————————— Unit price/Q’ty ————— Program 1
PLU 2nd @ —————————————————————————————
PLU & PLU 2nd @ —————————————————————————
Subdepartment ———————————————————————————
Department —————————————————————————————
PLU by range ——————————————— Range —————————
PLU 2nd @ by range ————————
Subdepartment by range ———————
Department by range ————————
PLU 2nd@ Copy ——————————————————————————
Amount/Rate to key —————————————————————————
Shift PLU ——————————————————————————————

Program 2 mode Hierarchy
PLU —————————————————————————————————— Item descriptor ————— Program 2
PLU 2nd @ —————————————————————————————
Subdepartment ———————————————————————————
Department —————————————————————————————
PLU by range ——————————————— Range —————————
PLU 2nd @ by range ————————
Subdepartment by range ———————
Department by range ————————
PLU –> 2nd @ copy —————————————————————————
Character & press key ————————————————————————
Receipt/Slip message —————————————————————————— Character & message —
Text recall —————————————————————————————
Order character link —————————————————————————
Fixed totalizer ————————————————————————————
Group character ———————————————————————————
Special character ——————————————————————————
Report header ———————————————————————————
Endorse message ——————————————————————————
GT character ————————————————————————————

P-248

Program 6 mode Hierarchy
PLU unit price ————————————
PLU 2nd @ ———————————
Subdepartment unit price —————
Department unit price ——————
Function key rate/price ——————

Unit price & quantity ——————— Program read report —— Program 6

PLU ————————————————
PLU 2nd @ ———————————
Subdepartment —————————
Department ———————————
Function key ——————————

Item descriptor ————————

Receipt/Slip message ————————
Text recall ———————————
Order character link ———————
Fixed totalizer character —————
Group character —————————
Special character ————————
Report header —————————
Endorse message ————————
GT character ——————————

Character & message —————

Pulldown group ———————————
Set menu table —————————
Arrangement ——————————
Batch X/Z ———————————
General feature —————————
Scheduler ———————————
Check print ———————————
Table analysis ——————————
Tax table ————————————
Void table ———————————
System connection ———————
I/O parameter ——————————
Printer connection ————————
Time zone ———————————
Time&Attendance ————————
Hourly item link —————————
IDC link ————————————
Euro (Sub Currency) ———————
Auto Pgm Control ————————

Machine feature ———————

Clerk feature ————————————
Clerk detail ———————————
Clerk Key ID ——————————

Clerk ————————————

PLU feature
PLU 2nd @ feature —————————
Subdepartment feature ——————
Department feature ———————
Function key feature ———————
Scanning PLU Link ———————

Key feature —————————

Keyboard ——————————————————————————————
Memory allocation ——————————————————————————

P-249

c

CASIO COMPUTER CO., LTD.
6-2, Hon-machi 1-chome
Shibuya-ku, Tokyo 151-8543, Japan

IR0202-003001-A
Printed in Japan
QT-2100 PGM*E



Source Exif Data:
File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.3
Linearized                      : Yes
Encryption                      : Standard V1.2 (40-bit)
User Access                     : Print, Fill forms, Extract, Assemble, Print high-res
Create Date                     : 2002:02:06 19:02:28
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 4.0.5  for Macintosh
Modify Date                     : 2002:02:06 19:12:29+09:00
Title                           : Programming manual
Subject                         : QT-2100 English 020206-A
Author                          : Hiroshi TAKAHASHI
Page Count                      : 250
Page Layout                     : TwoColumnRight
EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Navigation menu